WO2013161582A1 - Hard coating film and touch panel display device provided with same - Google Patents

Hard coating film and touch panel display device provided with same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013161582A1
WO2013161582A1 PCT/JP2013/060983 JP2013060983W WO2013161582A1 WO 2013161582 A1 WO2013161582 A1 WO 2013161582A1 JP 2013060983 W JP2013060983 W JP 2013060983W WO 2013161582 A1 WO2013161582 A1 WO 2013161582A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
hard coat
film
plasticizer
cellulose ester
acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/060983
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
亮太 久木
Original Assignee
コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by コニカミノルタ株式会社 filed Critical コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority to CN201380022035.9A priority Critical patent/CN104246541B/en
Priority to JP2014512464A priority patent/JP5943070B2/en
Priority to KR1020147029931A priority patent/KR101627958B1/en
Publication of WO2013161582A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013161582A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/046Forming abrasion-resistant coatings; Forming surface-hardening coatings
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B23/00Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
    • B32B23/04Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B23/00Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
    • B32B23/14Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose characterised by containing special compounding ingredients
    • B32B23/16Modifying agents
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B23/00Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
    • B32B23/20Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/0427Coating with only one layer of a composition containing a polymer binder
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/044Forming conductive coatings; Forming coatings having anti-static properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J7/00Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
    • C08J7/04Coating
    • C08J7/056Forming hydrophilic coatings
    • G02B1/105
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B32B2457/208Touch screens
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2301/00Characterised by the use of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08J2301/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08J2301/10Esters of organic acids
    • C08J2301/12Cellulose acetate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2433/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2433/04Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers esters
    • C08J2433/06Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Derivatives of such polymers esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, the oxygen atom being present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • C08J2433/08Homopolymers or copolymers of acrylic acid esters

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a hard coat film in which a hard coat layer is formed on a cellulose ester film, and a touch panel display device including the hard coat film.
  • the modern society is said to be an advanced information society, and the volume of information distribution is increasing, and the demand for information collection and selection by individuals is increasing.
  • needs for mobile information terminals that can process information while moving such as portable information terminals and car navigation systems, are increasing, and development is being actively promoted.
  • an optical film provided with a hard coat (HC) layer on a base film is generally bonded to an image display surface of a display to give hardness to the image display surface (for example, patents). Reference 1).
  • HC hard coat
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a touch panel display device 100 including a general touch panel 200.
  • the touch panel display device 100 is configured by bonding a touch panel 200 to the surface of the display device 300.
  • the display device 300 is a liquid crystal display device, for example.
  • the touch panel 200 and the display device 300 are illustrated apart from each other, but actually, they are used in a state where they are bonded together.
  • transparent conductive films 203 and 204 made of tin-doped indium oxide (ITO) are formed on the surfaces of the two light transmissive substrates 201 and 202 so that the transparent conductive films 203 and 204 face each other.
  • the light-transmitting base materials 201 and 202 are arranged to face each other with a spacer 205 interposed therebetween.
  • a hard coat layer 206 for imparting hardness and scratch resistance is provided on the surface of the touch panel 200 opposite to the display device 300, that is, the surface on the input operation side of the light transmissive substrate 201.
  • the light transmissive substrate 201 and the hard coat layer 206 can be combined and considered as one optical film (hard coat film).
  • information input operation is performed by pressing the hard coat layer 206, the light transmissive substrate 201 and the transparent conductive film 203 located on the input operation side with respect to the spacer 205 of the touch panel 200.
  • the transparent conductive film 203 on the operation side into contact with the transparent conductive film 204 on the display device 300 side, position information of the pressed portion can be detected.
  • the structure which provides a hard-coat layer on the surface of the light transmissive base material 202 by the side of the display apparatus 300 other than the outermost surface of the light transmissive base material 201 by the side of input operation is also proposed (for example, Patent Document 2).
  • the light transmissive substrate 202 and the hard coat layer can be considered as one optical film (hard coat film).
  • it is considered that the surface of the light transmissive substrate 202 can be prevented from being damaged during handling of the light transmissive substrate 202 until bonding to the light transmissive substrate 201 on the input operation side.
  • the information portable terminal device is required not only to have high functionality but also to be further reduced in weight and thickness, and the touch panel and the display device are also required to be thin. Along with this, when the hard coat film is thinned, the hard coat film is easily cracked by an impact during operation of the touch panel.
  • the hard coat film in a display device equipped with a touch panel, when a hard coat film is provided on a portion other than the input operation side of the touch panel, the hard coat film requires a minimum hardness to prevent scratches on the surface, After the touch panel is bonded to the display device, it is important that the touch panel is not easily broken by an impact when the touch panel is operated. That is, the hard coat film is required to have both hardness for preventing damage and suppleness for preventing cracking even when the film thickness is thin.
  • JP 2008-165040 A see paragraphs [0001], [0002], [0158], etc.
  • Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2011-133881 see paragraph [0069], FIG. 8, etc.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a hard coat film capable of reducing cracks due to impact with flexibility while ensuring hardness for preventing damage even when the film thickness is thin, and its hard It is providing the touch panel display device provided with the coat film.
  • a hard coat film in which a hard coat layer is formed by applying a composition for forming a hard coat layer on a cellulose ester film and curing the composition The film thickness of the hard coat film is 15 ⁇ m or more and 35 ⁇ m or less,
  • the plasticizer for promoting the formation of the mixed layer of the cellulose ester film and the hard coat layer is contained in the cellulose ester film in an amount of 6 wt% to 12 wt%, and the hard coat in the cellulose ester film The hard coat film is more contained on the hard coat layer side than on the side opposite to the layer.
  • the content of the plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer is formed to a depth of 5 ⁇ m is the average content of the plasticizer in the entire cellulose ester film.
  • the plasticizer is the first plasticizer
  • a second plasticizer for promoting the formation of a mixed layer of the cellulose ester film and the hard coat layer is contained in the cellulose ester film
  • the content of the second plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer is formed to a depth of 5 ⁇ m is the average of the plasticizer in the entire cellulose ester film.
  • the hard coat film as described in any one of 1 to 5 above, which is 80% or more and 120% or less with respect to the content.
  • a display device for displaying an image A hard coat film bonded to the substrate surface on the image display side of the display device; A touch panel display device having a touch panel member joined to the display device via the hard coat film, The said hard coat film is comprised with the hard coat film in any one of said 1-6,
  • the touchscreen display apparatus characterized by the above-mentioned.
  • the plasticizer which promotes formation of the mixed layer between a cellulose-ester film and a hard-coat layer is contained in the cellulose ester film in predetermined amount, and also contains a lot in the hard-coat layer side Therefore, the thickness of the formed mixed layer can be increased and the mixed layer can have an impact absorbing function.
  • the plasticizer can give flexibility to the entire hard coat film. Thereby, even when the film thickness of the hard coat film is as thin as 15 ⁇ m or more and 35 ⁇ m or less, the hard coat film is cracked due to impact while ensuring the minimum hardness for preventing scratches. Can be reduced.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a touch panel display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is sectional drawing which expands and shows the hard coat film applied to the said touchscreen display apparatus. It is sectional drawing which shows the structure of the outline of the conventional touch panel display device.
  • the hard coat film of this embodiment is an optical film in which a hard coat layer is formed on a cellulose ester film, and the film thickness is 15 ⁇ m or more and 35 ⁇ m or less.
  • the hard coat layer according to the present embodiment preferably contains an actinic radiation curable resin from the viewpoint of excellent mechanical film strength (abrasion resistance, pencil hardness). That is, it is a layer mainly composed of a resin that is cured through a crosslinking reaction by irradiation with active rays (also called active energy rays) such as ultraviolet rays and electron beams.
  • active rays also called active energy rays
  • the actinic radiation curable resin a component containing a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is preferably used, and an actinic radiation curable resin layer is formed by curing by irradiation with actinic radiation such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams.
  • the Typical examples of the actinic radiation curable resin include an ultraviolet curable resin and an electron beam curable resin, but a resin curable by ultraviolet irradiation is particularly excellent in mechanical film strength (abrasion resistance, pencil hardness). It is preferable from the point.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin include an ultraviolet curable acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable urethane acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyester acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable epoxy acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyol acrylate resin, and an ultraviolet ray.
  • a curable epoxy resin or the like is preferably used, and an ultraviolet curable acrylate resin is particularly preferable.
  • polyfunctional acrylate is preferable.
  • the polyfunctional acrylate is preferably selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, dipentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, pentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate, and dipentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate.
  • the polyfunctional acrylate is a compound having two or more acryloyloxy groups or methacryloyloxy groups in the molecule.
  • polyfunctional acrylate monomer examples include ethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, and tetramethylolmethane triacrylate.
  • the hard coat layer according to the present embodiment contains an active energy ray-curable isocyanurate derivative because the effect of suppressing slippage between films is enhanced.
  • the active energy ray-curable isocyanurate derivative is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a structure in which one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups are bonded to an isocyanuric acid skeleton. Compounds having three or more ethylenically unsaturated groups and one or more isocyanurate rings in the same molecule shown are preferred.
  • the kind of ethylenically unsaturated group is an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styryl group, and a vinyl ether group, more preferably a methacryloyl group or an acryloyl group, and particularly preferably an acryloyl group.
  • L 2 is a divalent linking group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyleneoxy group or polyalkyleneoxy group having 4 or less carbon atoms in which a carbon atom is bonded to the isocyanurate ring, Particularly preferred are alkyleneoxy groups, which may be the same or different.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and may be the same or different.
  • Other compounds include isocyanuric acid diacrylate compounds, and isocyanuric acid ethoxy-modified diacrylate represented by the following general formula (2).
  • R 1 to R 3 in the above chemical structural formula is attached with a functional group represented by a, b, or c below, and at least one of R 1 to R 3 is a functional group of b.
  • Examples of commercially available isocyanuric acid triacrylate compounds include A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Examples of commercially available isocyanuric acid diacrylate compounds include Aronix M-215 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • Examples of the mixture of the isocyanuric acid triacrylate compound and the isocyanuric acid diacrylate compound include Aronix M-315 and Aronix M-313 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • ⁇ -Caprolactone-modified active energy ray-curable isocyanurate derivatives include ⁇ -caprolactone-modified tris- (acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. A-9300-1CL, Toagosei Co., Ltd. Examples include, but are not limited to, Aronix M-327.
  • Adekaoptomer N series Sunrad H-601, RC-750, RC-700, RC-600, RC-500, RC-611, RC-612 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.) , Aronix M-6100, M-8030, M-8060, Aronix M-215, Aronix M-315, Aronix M-313, Aronix M-327 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK-ester A-TMM-3L NK-ester AD-TMP, NK-ester ATM-35E, NK ester A-DOG, NK ester A-IBD-2E, A-9300, A-9300-1CL (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), PE- 3A (Kyoeisha Chemical) etc.
  • the viscosity at 25 ° C. of the actinic radiation curable resin is preferably 20 mPa ⁇ s or more and 2000 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • a protrusion shape described later can be easily obtained.
  • sufficient fluidity of the resin composition composition comprising an active ray curable resin and an additive other than a solvent
  • a protrusion shape can be obtained. It is easy to be done.
  • Measurement of the viscosity of the actinic radiation curable resin can be performed using a B-type viscometer under the condition of 25 ° C. with the resin stirred and mixed with a disper.
  • a monofunctional acrylate may also be used.
  • Monofunctional acrylates include isobornyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, isostearyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, ethyl carbitol acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, behenyl Examples thereof include acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and cyclohexyl acrylate.
  • Such monofunctional acrylates can be obtained from Nippon Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.
  • the hard coat layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator to accelerate the curing of the actinic radiation curable resin.
  • Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include alkylphenone series, acetophenone, benzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, Michler's ketone, ⁇ -amyloxime ester, thioxanthone, and derivatives thereof, but are not particularly limited thereto. It is not something.
  • photopolymerization initiators Commercially available products may be used as such photopolymerization initiators, and preferred examples include Irgacure 184, Irgacure 907, Irgacure 651, etc., manufactured by BASF Japan.
  • the hard coat layer may contain a conductive agent in order to impart antistatic properties.
  • Preferred conductive agents include metal oxide particles or ⁇ -conjugated conductive polymers.
  • An ionic liquid is also preferably used as the conductive compound.
  • a silicone surfactant, a fluorosurfactant, a difference in contact angle with water before and after alkali treatment can be easily controlled within a predetermined range (eg, 5 to 55 °)
  • An anionic surfactant and an additive such as a fluorine-siloxane graft compound, a fluorine-based compound, and an acrylic copolymer may be contained. Further, a compound having an HLB value of 3 to 18 may be contained.
  • water repellency can be controlled, and ⁇ ⁇ can be easily controlled within the above range. If ⁇ is within the above range, the hard coat layer exhibits hydrophilicity, and when wound into a roll, the slipping property between the hard coat films is suppressed, and an effect of preventing winding deviation is obtained.
  • the difference ( ⁇ ⁇ ) between the water contact angle before and after the alkali treatment is alkali-treated under the conditions shown below at least from the water contact angle ( ⁇ ) of the hard coat layer before the alkali treatment of the hard coat film.
  • This is a value obtained by subtracting the water contact angle ( ⁇ a) of the hard coat layer after this to obtain the difference ( ⁇ ⁇ ) in water contact angle before and after the alkali treatment.
  • the alkali treatment condition is a condition in which the hard coat film is immersed in a 2.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide solution at a temperature of 50 ° C. for 120 seconds.
  • the contact angle with water the sample was allowed to stand for 24 hours in an atmosphere having a temperature of 23 ° C.
  • the above HLB value is Hydrophile-Lipophile-Balance, hydrophilic-lipophilic-balance, and is a value indicating the hydrophilicity or lipophilicity of a compound.
  • the HLB value can be obtained by the following calculation formula.
  • HLB 7 + 11.7Log (Mw / Mo)
  • Mw represents the molecular weight of the hydrophilic group
  • Mo represents the molecular weight of the lipophilic group
  • Mw + Mo M (molecular weight of the compound).
  • HLB value 20 ⁇ total formula weight of hydrophilic part / molecular weight (J. Soc. Cosmetic Chem., 5 (1954), 294) and the like.
  • Specific examples of the compound having an HLB value of 3 to 18 are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Figures in parentheses indicate HLB values.
  • Emulgen 102KG (6.3), Emulgen 103 (8.1), Emulgen 104P (9.6), Emulgen 105 (9.7), Emulgen 106 (10.5), Emulgen 108 (12. 1), Emulgen 109P (13.6), Emulgen 120 (15.3), Emulgen 123P (16.9), Emulgen 147 (16.3), Emulgen 210P (10.7), Emulgen 220 (14.2) , Emulgen 306P (9.4), Emulgen 320P (13.9), Emulgen 404 (8.8), Emulgen 408 (10.0), Emulgen 409PV (12.0), Emulgen 420 (13.6), Emulgen 430 (16.2), Emulgen 705 (10.5), Emulgen 707 (12.1), Emulgen 09 (13.3), Emulgen 1108 (13.5), Emulgen 1118S-70 (16.4), Emulgen 1135S-70 (17.9), Emulgen 2020G-HA (13.0), Emulgen 2025G (15.
  • Emulgen LS-106 (12.5), Emulgen LS-110 (13.4), Emulgen LS-114 (14.0), manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: Surfynol 104E (4), Surfynol 104H (4), Surfinol 104A (4), Surfinol 104BC (4), Surfinol 104DPM (4), Surfinol 104PA (4), Surfinol 104PG-50 (4), Surfinol 104S (4), Surfi Knoll 420 (4), Surfynol 440 (8), Surfynol 4 5 (13), Surfynol 485 (17), Surfynol SE (6), manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: X-22-4272 (7), X-22-6266 (8), KF-351 (12) KF-352 (7), KF-353 (10), KF-354L (16), KF-355A (12), KF-615A (10), KF-9
  • silicone surfactant examples include polyether-modified silicone, and the KF series manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. can be used.
  • acrylic copolymer examples include commercially available compounds such as BYK-350 and BYK-352 manufactured by BYK Japan.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include MegaFuck RS series and MegaFuck F-444 MegaFuck F-556 manufactured by DIC Corporation.
  • the fluorine-siloxane graft compound refers to a copolymer compound obtained by grafting polysiloxane and / or organopolysiloxane containing siloxane and / or organosiloxane alone to at least a fluorine-based resin.
  • Such a fluorine-siloxane graft compound can be prepared by a method as described in Examples described later.
  • examples of commercially available products include ZX-022H, ZX-007C, ZX-049, and ZX-047-D manufactured by Fuji Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • a fluorine-type compound Daikin Industries Ltd.
  • OPTOOL DSX, OPTOOL DAC, etc. can be mentioned. These components are preferably added in the range of 0.005 parts by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less with respect to the solid component in the hard coat composition.
  • a hard-coat layer may further contain the ultraviolet absorber demonstrated by the cellulose-ester film mentioned later.
  • the hard coat film is composed of two or more layers, it is preferable that the hard coat layer in contact with the cellulose ester film contains the ultraviolet absorber as the film configuration when containing the ultraviolet absorber.
  • the thickness of the hard coat layer in contact with the cellulose ester film is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • Two or more layers may be formed as a simultaneous multilayer.
  • the simultaneous multi-layering is to form a hard coat layer by applying two or more hard coat layers on a base material without going through a drying step.
  • the layers are stacked one after another with an extrusion coater or simultaneously with a slot die having a plurality of slits. Can be done.
  • the hard coat layer is a composition for forming a hard coat layer by diluting the above-mentioned components forming the hard coat layer with a solvent that swells or partially dissolves the cellulose ester film, and is applied onto the cellulose ester film by the following method. It is preferable to provide by drying and curing.
  • ketones methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, etc.
  • acetate esters methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.
  • alcohols ethanol, methanol
  • propylene glycol monomethyl ether cyclohexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc.
  • the coating amount of the hard coat layer is suitably in the range of 0.1 to 40 ⁇ m as wet film thickness, and preferably in the range of 0.5 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the dry film thickness is in the range of an average film thickness of 0.01 to 20 ⁇ m, preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m. More preferably, it is in the range of 0.5 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • a gravure coater As a method for applying the hard coat layer, known methods such as a gravure coater, a dip coater, a reverse coater, a wire bar coater, a die coater, and an ink jet method can be used.
  • Hard coat layer forming method After applying the composition for forming a hard coat layer, it may be dried and cured (irradiated with active rays (also referred to as UV curing treatment)), and may be further subjected to heat treatment after UV curing, if necessary.
  • the heat treatment temperature after UV curing is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120 ° C. or higher.
  • Drying is preferably carried out at a high temperature of 90 ° C. or more in the rate of drying section. More preferably, the temperature in the decreasing rate drying section is 90 ° C. or higher and 125 ° C. or lower.
  • the temperature in the decreasing rate drying section is 90 ° C. or higher and 125 ° C. or lower.
  • the drying process changes from a constant state to a gradually decreasing state when drying starts.
  • the decreasing section is called the decreasing rate drying section.
  • the constant rate drying section the amount of heat flowing in is all consumed for solvent evaporation on the coating film surface, and when the solvent on the coating film surface decreases, the evaporation surface moves from the surface to the inside and enters the decreasing rate drying section. Thereafter, the temperature of the coating film surface rises and approaches the hot air temperature, so that the temperature of the actinic radiation curable resin composition rises, the resin viscosity decreases, and the fluidity increases.
  • any light source that generates ultraviolet rays can be used without limitation.
  • a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a metal halide lamp, a xenon lamp, or the like can be used.
  • Irradiation conditions vary depending on each lamp, but the irradiation amount of active rays is usually in the range of 50 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 , preferably in the range of 50 to 300 mJ / cm 2 .
  • oxygen removal for example, replacement with an inert gas such as nitrogen purge
  • the cured state of the surface can be controlled by adjusting the removal amount of the oxygen concentration. This makes it possible to control the presence state of the additive on the hard coat layer surface, and as a result, it is easy to control ⁇ within the above range.
  • irradiating actinic radiation it is preferably performed while applying tension in the film transport direction, and more preferably while applying tension in the width direction.
  • the tension to be applied is preferably 30 to 300 N / m.
  • the method for applying tension is not particularly limited, and tension may be applied in the conveying direction on the back roller, or tension may be applied in the width direction or biaxial direction by a tenter. Thereby, a film having further excellent flatness can be obtained.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the hard coat layer is preferably in the range of 2 to 100 nm, particularly preferably in the range of 5 to 80 nm because the slippage between the films is suppressed and the effect of preventing winding deviation is enhanced. .
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra can be measured according to JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards; B0601: 2001).
  • the height of the protrusion shape for obtaining the arithmetic average roughness Ra is preferably in the range of 2 nm to 4 ⁇ m.
  • the width of the protrusion shape is in the range of 50 nm to 300 ⁇ m, preferably in the range of 50 nm to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the 10-point average roughness Rz of the hard coat layer is 10 times or less of the centerline average roughness Ra, and the average mountain-valley distance Sm is preferably 5 to 150 ⁇ m, more preferably 20 to 100 ⁇ m, and the height of the protrusion from the deepest part of the unevenness Is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, a standard deviation of an average mountain-valley distance Sm based on the center line is 20 ⁇ m or less, and a surface with an inclination angle of 0 to 5 degrees is preferably 10% or more.
  • Arithmetic average roughness Ra, Sm, and Rz described above are values measured with an optical interference surface roughness meter (manufactured by ZYGO, NewView) in accordance with JIS B0601: 2001.
  • the haze of the hard coat film is preferably in the range of 0.2 to 10% in view of visibility when used in an image display device.
  • the haze can be measured according to JIS-K7105 and JIS K7136.
  • the hard coat film of this embodiment has a pencil hardness, which is an index of hardness, of HB or more, more preferably H or more. If it is more than HB, the surface is hardly scratched.
  • the pencil hardness is determined by adjusting the humidity of the produced optical film at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% for 2 hours or more, and then using a test pencil specified by JIS S 6006 under a load of 500 g. Or it is the value which measured the functional layer according to the pencil hardness evaluation method which JISK5400 prescribes
  • cellulose ester film examples include a triacetyl cellulose film, a cellulose acetate propionate film, a cellulose diacetate film, and a cellulose acetate butyrate film.
  • the cellulose ester film may be used in combination with polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate resins, polyethylene resins, polypropylene resins, norbornene resins, fluororesins, and cycloolefin polymers.
  • Examples of the commercially available cellulose ester film include Konica Minoltak KC8UX, KC4UX, KC8UY, KC4UY, KC6UA, KC4UA, KC4UE and KC4UZ (manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto, Inc.).
  • the refractive index of the cellulose ester film is preferably 1.45 to 1.55.
  • the refractive index can be measured according to JIS K7142-2008.
  • the cellulose ester resin (hereinafter also referred to as cellulose ester) is preferably a lower fatty acid ester of cellulose.
  • the lower fatty acid in the lower fatty acid ester of cellulose means a fatty acid having 6 or less carbon atoms.
  • mixed fatty acid esters such as cellulose acetate butyrate can be used.
  • the lower fatty acid esters of cellulose that are particularly preferably used are cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, and cellulose acetate propionate. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in combination.
  • Cellulose diacetate preferably has an average degree of acetylation (amount of bound acetic acid) of 51.0% to 56.0%.
  • Commercially available products include L20, L30, L40, and L50 manufactured by Daicel Corporation, and Ca398-3, Ca398-6, Ca398-10, Ca398-30, and Ca394-60S manufactured by Eastman Chemical Japan Co., Ltd. .
  • the cellulose triacetate preferably has an average degree of acetylation (bound acetic acid amount) of 54.0 to 62.5%, and more preferably cellulose triacetate having an average degree of acetylation of 58.0 to 62.5%. is there.
  • cellulose triacetate A having a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 125,000 or more and less than 155000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 265,000 or more and less than 310,000, and Mw / Mn of 1.9 to 2.1, acetyl group substitution degree Triacetate having a molecular weight of 2.75 to 2.90, a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 155,000 to less than 180,000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 290000 to less than 360,000, and Mw / Mn of 1.8 to 2.0 It is preferable to contain B.
  • Cellulose acetate propionate has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and when the substitution degree of acetyl group is X and the substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is Y, the following formula (I ) And (II) are preferably satisfied at the same time.
  • Formula (II) 0 ⁇ X ⁇ 2.5 it is preferable that 1.9 ⁇ X ⁇ 2.5 and 0.1 ⁇ Y ⁇ 0.9.
  • the degree of substitution of the acyl group can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96, one of the standards formulated and issued by ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials).
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) and weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose ester can be measured using high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the measurement conditions are as follows.
  • thermoplastic acrylic resin A cellulose ester film and a thermoplastic acrylic resin may be used in combination.
  • Acrylic resin includes methacrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resin is not particularly limited but is preferably composed of 50 to 99% by mass of methyl methacrylate units and 1 to 50% by mass of other monomer units copolymerizable therewith.
  • Examples of other copolymerizable monomers include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • Unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as saturated acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, Examples thereof include maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of thermal decomposition resistance and fluidity of the copolymer.
  • n-Butyl acrylate is particularly preferably used.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 80,000 to 500,000, more preferably 110,000 to 500,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin can be measured by gel permeation chromatography.
  • Commercially available acrylic resins include, for example, Delpet 60N, 80N (Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75 (Electrochemical Industry Co., Ltd.) )) And the like. Two or more acrylic resins can be used in combination.
  • the cellulose ester film of the present embodiment has, for example, acrylic particles, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, and hydrated calcium silicate. It is preferable to contain a matting agent such as inorganic fine particles such as aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate and a crosslinked polymer.
  • the acrylic particles are not particularly limited, but are preferably multi-layered acrylic granular composites.
  • silicon dioxide is preferable in that the haze of the cellulose ester film can be reduced.
  • the primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably in the range of 5 to 16 nm, and particularly preferably in the range of 5 to 12 nm.
  • the cellulose acetate film of the present embodiment preferably contains an ester compound or a sugar ester represented by the following general formula (X) from the dimensional stability under environmental changes.
  • an ester compound or a sugar ester represented by the following general formula (X) from the dimensional stability under environmental changes.
  • the ester compound represented by the general formula (X) will be described.
  • B is a hydroxy group or carboxylic acid residue
  • G is an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the alkylene glycol component having 2 to 12 carbon atoms includes ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolheptane), 3-methyl 1,5-pentanediol 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl 1,
  • alkylene glycols having 2 to 12 carbon atoms are particularly preferable because of excellent compatibility with cellulose acetate.
  • aryl glycol component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include hydroquinone, resorcin, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol and the like, and these glycols can be used as one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
  • Examples of the oxyalkylene glycol component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol. These glycols may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Can be used as a mixture.
  • Examples of the alkylene dicarboxylic acid component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, and the like. Used as a mixture of two or more.
  • arylene dicarboxylic acid component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms examples include phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and the like.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (X) (compound X-1 to compound X-17) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the sugar ester compound is an ester other than cellulose ester, and is a compound obtained by esterifying all or a part of OH groups of sugars such as the following monosaccharide, disaccharide, trisaccharide or oligosaccharide.
  • sugar examples include glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, arabinose, lactose, sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose And kestose.
  • gentiobiose, gentiotriose, gentiotetraose, xylotriose, galactosyl sucrose, and the like are also included.
  • compounds having a furanose structure and / or a pyranose structure are particularly preferable.
  • sucrose, kestose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose and the like are preferable, and sucrose is more preferable.
  • oligosaccharides maltooligosaccharides, isomaltooligosaccharides, fructooligosaccharides, galactooligosaccharides, and xylo-oligosaccharides can also be preferably used.
  • the monocarboxylic acid used for esterifying the sugar is not particularly limited, and known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid and the like can be used.
  • the carboxylic acid to be used may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
  • Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid , Saturated fatty acids such as tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laccelic acid, Examples include unsaturated fatty acids such as undecylenic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid and oc
  • Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, or derivatives thereof.
  • Examples of preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acids having an alkyl group or alkoxy group introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, benzylic acid, biphenylcarboxylic acid, naphthalenecarboxylic acid, tetralin
  • An aromatic monocarboxylic acid having two or more benzene rings such as carboxylic acid, or a derivative thereof can be mentioned, and more specifically, xylic acid, hemelic acid, mesitylene acid, planicylic acid, ⁇ -isojurylic acid, Julylic acid, mesitic acid, ⁇ -isoduric acid, cumic acid, ⁇ -toluic acid, hydroatropic acid
  • ester compounds esterified an acetyl compound into which an acetyl group has been introduced by esterification is preferable.
  • the specific example of the sugar ester compound which can be used for this embodiment below is shown, it is not limited to these.
  • the sugar ester compound is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (Y). Below, the compound shown by general formula (Y) is demonstrated.
  • R 1 ⁇ R 8 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms, R 1 R 8 may be the same or different.
  • the substitution degree distribution can be adjusted to the target substitution degree by adjusting the esterification reaction time or mixing compounds with different substitution degrees.
  • the ester compound or sugar ester compound represented by the general formula (X) is preferably contained in the cellulose acetate film in an amount of 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 25% by mass. It is particularly preferable to contain it.
  • the cellulose acetate film of this embodiment contains a plasticizer.
  • the plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is a polyvalent carboxylic ester plasticizer, glycolate plasticizer, phthalate ester plasticizer, phosphate ester plasticizer, and polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer, acrylic. A plasticizer etc. are mentioned.
  • a plasticizer which promotes formation of the mixed layer mentioned later it is preferable to use a phthalate ester plasticizer or a phosphate ester plasticizer, and among these, it is preferable to use a phosphate ester plasticizer. .
  • the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is a plasticizer composed of an ester of a divalent or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, and preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule.
  • a divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyhydric alcohol ester is preferred.
  • Specific examples of the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the glycolate plasticizer is not particularly limited, but alkylphthalylalkyl glycolates can be preferably used.
  • alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate (EPEG), propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, methyl Phthalyl ethyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalate Butyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl o
  • phthalate ester plasticizer examples include diethyl phthalate (DEP), dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, and dicyclohexyl terephthalate.
  • DEP diethyl phthalate
  • dimethoxyethyl phthalate dimethyl phthalate
  • dioctyl phthalate dibutyl phthalate
  • di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate dioctyl phthalate
  • dicyclohexyl phthalate dicyclohexyl phthalate
  • dicyclohexyl terephthalate examples include diethyl phthalate (DEP), dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate
  • phosphate ester plasticizer examples include triphenyl phosphate (TPP), tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, biphenyl diphenyl phosphate (BDP), and the like. It is done.
  • TPP triphenyl phosphate
  • tricresyl phosphate cresyl diphenyl phosphate
  • octyl diphenyl phosphate diphenyl biphenyl phosphate
  • trioctyl phosphate tributyl phosphate
  • BDP biphenyl diphenyl phosphate
  • the polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer is a compound composed of an ester of a divalent or higher, preferably a divalent to 20-valent polyvalent carboxylic acid and an alcohol.
  • Specific examples include triethyl citrate, tributyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate (ATEC), acetyl tributyl citrate (ATBC), benzoyl tributyl citrate, acetyl triphenyl citrate, acetyl tribenzyl citrate, dibutyl tartrate, tartaric acid
  • examples include, but are not limited to, diacetyldibutyl, tributyl trimellitic acid, tetrabutyl pyromellitic acid, and the like.
  • the acrylic plasticizer is preferably an acrylic polymer, and the acrylic polymer is preferably a homopolymer or copolymer of acrylic acid or alkyl methacrylate.
  • the acrylate monomer include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-), pentyl acrylate ( n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n-, i-), nonyl acrylate (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid ( ⁇ -caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic Acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic
  • the acrylic polymer is a homopolymer or copolymer of the above-mentioned monomers, but the acrylic acid methyl ester monomer unit preferably has 30% by mass or more, and the methacrylic acid methyl ester monomer unit has 40% by mass or more. preferable. In particular, a homopolymer of methyl acrylate or methyl methacrylate is preferred.
  • the cellulose acetate film of this embodiment may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Since the ultraviolet absorber absorbs ultraviolet rays of 400 nm or less, durability can be improved. In particular, the ultraviolet absorber preferably has a transmittance of 10% or less at a wavelength of 370 nm, more preferably 5% or less, and still more preferably 2% or less. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber are not particularly limited. For example, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, triazine compounds, nickel complex salts, inorganic powders. Examples include the body.
  • 5-chloro-2- (3,5-di-sec-butyl-2-hydroxylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, (2-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6 -(Linear and side chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-benzyloxybenzophenone, and the like can be used.
  • Commercially available products may be used.
  • TINUVIN such as TINUVIN 109, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 234, TINUVIN 326, TINUVIN 327, and TINUVIN 328 manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. can be preferably used.
  • Preferably used ultraviolet absorbers are benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers, benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers, and triazine ultraviolet absorbers, and particularly preferably benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers and benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers.
  • a discotic compound such as a compound having a 1,3,5 triazine ring is also preferably used as an ultraviolet absorber.
  • a polymer UV absorber can be preferably used, and a polymer type UV absorber is particularly preferably used.
  • TINUVIN 109 octyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazole-2-) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., which is a commercial product, is available.
  • TINUVIN 400 (- (4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) —manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.— Reaction product of 5-hydroxyphenyl and oxirane), TINUVIN 460 (2,4-bis [2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl] -6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3-5 Triazine), TINUVIN 405 (2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -4,6-bis- (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine and (2-ethylhexyl) -glycidic acid ester Reaction products) and the like.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is added by dissolving the ultraviolet absorber in an alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol, butanol or the like, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone, dioxolane, or a mixed solvent thereof, and then becomes a film substrate. It may be added to the resin solution (dope) or directly during the dope composition.
  • an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone, dioxolane, or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • a dissolver or a sand mill is used in the organic solvent and cellulose acetate to disperse and then added to the dope.
  • the amount of the ultraviolet absorber used is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.6 to 4% by mass with respect to the cellulose acetate film.
  • the cellulose acetate film of the present embodiment may further contain an antioxidant (deterioration inhibitor).
  • the antioxidant has a role of delaying or preventing the cellulose acetate film from being decomposed by a residual solvent amount of halogen in the cellulose acetate film, phosphoric acid of a phosphoric acid plasticizer, or the like.
  • hindered phenol compounds are preferably used.
  • 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl) are used.
  • the cellulose ester film preferably has a defect of 5 ⁇ m or more in diameter of 1 piece / 10 cm square or less. More preferably, it is 0.5 piece / 10 cm square or less, more preferably 0.1 piece / 10 cm square or less.
  • defects are caused by voids in the film (foaming defects) generated due to rapid evaporation of the solvent in the drying process of solution casting, foreign substances in the film forming stock solution, and foreign substances mixed in the film forming process. This refers to foreign matter (foreign matter defect) in the film to be transferred, roller scratch transfer and scratches.
  • the diameter of the defect indicates the diameter when the defect is circular, and when the defect is not circular, the range of the defect is determined by observing with a microscope according to the following method, and the maximum diameter (diameter of circumscribed circle) is determined.
  • the range of the defect is the size of the shadow when the defect is observed with the transmitted light of the differential interference microscope when the defect is a bubble or a foreign object.
  • the defect is a change in surface shape, such as transfer of a roller scratch or an abrasion
  • the size of the defect can be confirmed by observing the defect with reflected light of a differential interference microscope.
  • the film When the number of defects is more than 1/10 cm square, for example, when a tension is applied to the film during processing in a later process, the film may be broken with the defect as a starting point and productivity may be reduced.
  • the defect diameter is 5 ⁇ m or more, the defect can be visually confirmed by polarizing plate observation or the like, and a bright spot may be generated when the film is used as an optical member. Even when the defects cannot be visually confirmed, when the hard coat layer is formed, the coating film may not be formed uniformly, and the coating may be lost.
  • the base film preferably has a breaking elongation in at least one direction of 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, as measured in accordance with JIS-K7127-1999.
  • the upper limit of the elongation at break is not particularly limited, but is practically about 250%. In order to increase the elongation at break, it is effective to suppress defects in the film caused by foreign matter and foaming.
  • the cellulose ester film preferably has a total light transmittance of 90% or more, more preferably 93% or more. Moreover, as a realistic upper limit, it is about 99%.
  • the haze value is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 1.5% or less.
  • the total light transmittance and haze value can be measured according to JIS K7361 and JIS K7136.
  • the in-plane retardation value Ro of the cellulose ester film is preferably in the range of 0 to 5 nm, and the retardation value Rth in the thickness direction is preferably in the range of ⁇ 20 to 20 nm.
  • an optical compensation film having an in-plane retardation value Ro of 20 to 70 nm and a thickness direction retardation value Rth of 70 to 400 nm may be used.
  • Ro and Rth are values defined by the following formulas (i) and (ii).
  • Formula (i) Ro (nx ⁇ ny) ⁇ d
  • Formula (ii) Rth ⁇ (nx + ny) / 2 ⁇ nz ⁇ ⁇ d (Where nx is the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the cellulose ester film plane, ny is the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the substrate film plane, and nz is the refractive index in the thickness direction of the cellulose ester film. The rate and d each represent the thickness (nm) of the cellulose ester film.)
  • the retardation can be obtained at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH (relative humidity) using, for example, KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).
  • RH relative humidity
  • KOBRA-21ADH manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments
  • Retardation can be adjusted by the kind and addition amount of a plasticizer mentioned above, the film thickness of a cellulose ester film, stretching conditions, and the like.
  • a production method such as an inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, a hot press method, or the like can be used.
  • Organic solvent The organic solvent useful for forming a resin solution (dope composition) when a cellulose ester film is produced by a solution casting method is limited as long as it dissolves a cellulose ester resin and other additives at the same time. Can be used without any problem.
  • a chlorinated organic solvent methylene chloride
  • a non-chlorinated organic solvent methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, tert-butan
  • Can, methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, may be used preferably acetone.
  • the solvent is preferably a dope composition in which a total of 15 to 45 mass% of cellulose ester resin and other additives are dissolved.
  • solution casting film forming method a step of preparing a dope by dissolving a resin and an additive in a solvent, a step of casting the dope on a belt-shaped or drum-shaped metal support, and drying the cast dope as a web It is performed by the process of carrying out, the process of peeling the web from the metal support, the process of stretching or maintaining the width of the peeled web, the process of further drying, and the process of winding up the finished cellulose ester film.
  • a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used.
  • the cast width can be 1 ⁇ 4m.
  • the surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is set to ⁇ 50 ° C. to below the temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam. A higher temperature is preferred because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam or the flatness may deteriorate.
  • the support temperature is preferably determined appropriately from 0 to 100 ° C., more preferably from 5 to 30 ° C.
  • the method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short.
  • the residual solvent amount when peeling the web from the metal support is preferably 10 to 150% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass or 60 to 60%. It is 130% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 30% by mass or 70 to 120% by mass.
  • the web is peeled off from the metal support and dried, and the residual solvent amount is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably. Is 0 to 0.01% by mass or less.
  • a roller drying method (a method in which webs are alternately passed through a plurality of rollers arranged above and below) and a tenter method (a method in which the web is dried while transporting the web) are employed.
  • the film in the stretching step, can be sequentially or simultaneously stretched in the longitudinal direction (MD direction) and the lateral direction (TD direction).
  • the draw ratios in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other are preferably in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 times in the MD direction and 1.05 to 2.0 times in the TD direction, respectively. It is preferably performed in the range of 1.0 to 1.5 times and 1.05 to 2.0 times in the TD direction.
  • a method of making a difference in peripheral speed between a plurality of rollers and stretching in the MD direction using the difference in peripheral speed of the roller between them, fixing both ends of the web with clips and pins, and widening the interval between the clips and pins in the traveling direction And a method of stretching in the MD direction, a method of stretching in the transverse direction and stretching in the TD direction, a method of stretching the MD direction and the TD direction at the same time, and stretching in both directions.
  • the tenter in this case may be a pin tenter or a clip tenter.
  • the film transport tension in the film forming process using a tenter or the like is preferably 120 to 200 N / m, more preferably 140 to 200 N / m, and most preferably 140 to 160 N / m, although it depends on the temperature.
  • the stretching temperature is (Tg-30) to (Tg + 100) ° C., more preferably (Tg-20) to (Tg + 80) ° C., more preferably (Tg-5), where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the cellulose ester film. ⁇ (Tg + 20) ° C.
  • the Tg of the cellulose ester film can be controlled by the material type constituting the film and the ratio of the constituting materials.
  • the Tg when the cellulose ester film is dried is preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 150 ° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature is preferably 190 ° C. or lower, more preferably 170 ° C. or lower.
  • the Tg of the cellulose ester film can be determined by the method described in JIS K7121.
  • the stretching temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or more and the stretching ratio is 1.15 times or more because the surface is appropriately roughened. Roughening the surface of the cellulose ester film is preferable because it improves slipperiness and improves surface processability.
  • the cellulose ester film may be formed by a melt casting film forming method.
  • a composition containing other additives such as a cellulose ester resin and a plasticizer is heated and melted to a temperature showing fluidity, and then a melt containing the fluid cellulose ester is cast. To do.
  • the melt extrusion method is preferable from the viewpoint of mechanical strength and surface accuracy. It is preferable that a plurality of raw materials used for melt extrusion are usually kneaded in advance and pelletized.
  • Pelletization may be performed by a known method, for example, dry cellulose ester, plasticizer, and other additives are fed to an extruder with a feeder, kneaded using a monoaxial or biaxial extruder, and formed into a strand from a die. Can be extruded, water-cooled or air-cooled, and then cut.
  • Additives may be mixed before being supplied to the extruder, or may be supplied by individual feeders. A small amount of additives such as particles and antioxidants are preferably mixed in advance in order to mix uniformly.
  • the extruder is preferably processed at a temperature as low as possible so that it can be pelletized so that the shearing force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.).
  • a temperature as low as possible so that it can be pelletized so that the shearing force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.).
  • the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.).
  • a twin screw extruder it is preferable to rotate in the same direction using a deep groove type screw. From the uniformity of kneading, the meshing type is preferable.
  • Film formation is performed using the pellets obtained as described above.
  • the melting temperature is set to about 200 to 300 ° C., filtered through a leaf disk type filter or the like to remove foreign matter, and then formed into a film from a T die.
  • the cellulose ester film is formed by casting, nipping the film between the cooling roller and the elastic touch roller, and solidifying the film on the cooling roller.
  • a stainless fiber sintered filter is preferably used as a filter used for removing foreign substances.
  • the stainless steel fiber sintered filter is a united stainless steel fiber body that is intricately intertwined and compressed, and the contact points are sintered and integrated. The density of the fiber is changed depending on the thickness of the fiber and the amount of compression, and the filtration accuracy is improved. Can be adjusted.
  • Additives such as plasticizers and particles may be mixed with the resin in advance, or may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. In order to add the additive uniformly, it is preferable to use a mixing device such as a static mixer.
  • the temperature of the cellulose ester film on the touch roller side is preferably Tg or more (Tg + 110 ° C.) or less of the film.
  • a known roller can be used as the roller having an elastic surface used for such a purpose.
  • the elastic touch roller is also called a pinching rotator.
  • a commercially available elastic touch roller can also be used.
  • the cellulose ester film obtained as described above is stretched by the stretching operation after passing through the step of contacting the cooling roller.
  • a stretching method a known roller stretching machine, a tenter or the like can be preferably used.
  • the stretching temperature is usually preferably in the temperature range of Tg to (Tg + 60) ° C. of the resin constituting the film.
  • the edges Before winding up the film, the edges may be slit and cut to the product width, and knurled (embossed) may be applied to both ends to prevent sticking and scratching during winding.
  • the knurling can be performed by heating or pressurizing using a metal ring having an uneven pattern on the side surface. Since the cellulose ester film is deformed and cannot be used as a product, the clip holding portions at both ends of the film are usually cut out and reused.
  • the film thickness of the cellulose-ester film in this embodiment it is desirable that they are 10 micrometers or more and 30 micrometers or less.
  • the width of the cellulose ester film is preferably 1 to 4 m. If it exceeds 4 m, conveyance becomes difficult.
  • the length of the cellulose ester film is preferably 500 to 10000 m, more preferably 1000 to 8000 m. By setting it as the range of the said length, it is excellent in the processability in application
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the cellulose ester film is preferably 2 to 10 nm, more preferably 2 to 5 nm.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra can be measured according to JIS B0601: 1994.
  • the contact angle with water before the alkali treatment of the cellulose ester film is generally in the range of 40 ° to 80 °, preferably 50 ° to 70 °.
  • the contact angle with water after the alkali treatment is generally 10 ° to 60 °, preferably 20 ° to 60 °, depending on the alkali treatment conditions.
  • the water contact angle is a value measured according to the method described in the method for measuring the water contact angle of the hard coat layer.
  • the water contact angle of the hard coat layer is lowered by the alkali treatment and approaches the water contact angle of the cellulose ester film, whereby the hydrophilic layers are laminated to each other, and an anti-winding effect is obtained.
  • the cellulose ester film is immersed in an alkali solution, washed with water and dried. Further, after the alkali treatment, neutralization in an acidic water step may be performed, followed by washing with water and drying.
  • the alkaline solution examples include potassium hydroxide solution and sodium hydroxide solution, and the concentration of hydroxide ions is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 mol / L, preferably 0.5 mol / L to 3 mol / L. More preferably, it is in the range. Furthermore, the temperature of the alkaline solution is preferably in the range of 25 to 90 ° C, more preferably in the range of 40 to 70 ° C. The alkali treatment time is in the range of 5 seconds to 5 minutes, preferably in the range of 30 seconds to 3 minutes.
  • the hard coat film of this embodiment can be used as an antireflection film having an external light antireflection function by coating an antireflection layer on the hard coat layer.
  • the antireflection layer is preferably formed in consideration of the refractive index, the film thickness, the number of layers, the layer order, and the like so that the reflectance is reduced by optical interference.
  • the antireflection layer is composed of a low refractive index layer having a refractive index lower than that of the protective film as a support, or a combination of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer having a higher refractive index than that of the protective film as a support. It is preferable.
  • an antireflection layer composed of three or more refractive index layers, and three layers having different refractive indexes from the support side are divided into medium refractive index layers (high refractive index layers having a higher refractive index than the support).
  • medium refractive index layers high refractive index layers having a higher refractive index than the support.
  • an antireflection layer having a layer structure of four or more layers in which two or more high refractive index layers and two or more low refractive index layers are alternately laminated is also preferably used.
  • the layer structure the following structure is conceivable, but is not limited thereto.
  • the low refractive index layer preferably contains silica-based fine particles, and the refractive index is preferably in the range of 1.30 to 1.45 when measured at 23 ° C. and wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the film thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably in the range of 5 nm to 0.5 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 10 nm to 0.3 ⁇ m, and in the range of 30 nm to 0.2 ⁇ m. Most preferred.
  • the composition for forming a low refractive index layer preferably contains at least one kind of particles having an outer shell layer and porous or hollow inside as silica-based fine particles.
  • the particles having the outer shell layer and porous or hollow inside are preferably hollow silica-based fine particles.
  • composition for forming a low refractive index layer may contain an organosilicon compound represented by the following general formula (OSi-1) or a hydrolyzate thereof, or a polycondensate thereof.
  • OSi-1 organosilicon compound represented by the following general formula (OSi-1) or a hydrolyzate thereof, or a polycondensate thereof.
  • OSi-1 Si (OR) 4
  • R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane and the like are preferably used as the organosilicon compound represented by the general formula.
  • the composition for forming a low refractive index layer is a thermosetting and / or photocuring mainly comprising a fluorine-containing compound containing a fluorine atom in a range of 35 to 80% by mass and containing a crosslinkable or polymerizable functional group. You may contain the compound which has property. Specifically, a fluorine-containing polymer or a fluorine-containing sol-gel compound is used.
  • fluorine-containing polymer examples include hydrolysates and dehydration condensates of perfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compounds [eg (heptadecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrodecyl) triethoxysilane], and fluorine-containing monomers. Examples thereof include fluorine-containing copolymers having units and cross-linking reactive units as constituent units.
  • the refractive index of the high refractive index layer is preferably adjusted to a range of 1.4 to 2.2 by measurement at 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the thickness of the high refractive index layer is preferably 5 nm to 1 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 nm to 0.2 ⁇ m, and most preferably 30 nm to 0.1 ⁇ m.
  • the adjustment of the refractive index of the high refractive index layer can be realized by adding metal oxide fine particles and the like.
  • the metal oxide fine particles to be used preferably have a refractive index of 1.80 to 2.60, more preferably 1.85 to 2.50.
  • the kind of metal oxide fine particles is not particularly limited, and Ti, Zr, Sn, Sb, Cu, Fe, Mn, Pb, Cd, As, Cr, Hg, Zn, Al, Mg, Si, P and S A metal oxide having at least one element selected from can be used.
  • the hard coat film may be configured by forming a conductive layer on the hard coat layer.
  • a generally well-known conductive material can be used.
  • metal oxides such as indium oxide, tin oxide, indium tin oxide, gold, silver, and palladium can be used. These can be formed as a thin film on the hard coat film by vacuum deposition, sputtering, ion plating, solution coating, or the like.
  • organic conductive material which is the above-described ⁇ -conjugated conductive polymer.
  • a conductive material that is excellent in transparency and conductivity, and that has a main component of any one of indium oxide, tin oxide, and indium tin oxide obtained at a relatively low cost can be suitably used.
  • the thickness of the conductive layer varies depending on the material to be applied, it cannot be said unconditionally.
  • the surface resistivity is 1000 ⁇ or less, preferably 500 ⁇ or less, and considering the economy, A range of 10 nm or more, preferably 20 nm or more and 80 nm or less, preferably 70 nm or less is suitable. In such a thin film, visible light interference fringes due to uneven thickness of the conductive layer are unlikely to occur.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a touch panel display device 10 of the present embodiment.
  • the touch panel display device 10 is configured by bonding the touch panel member 20 to the surface of the display device 30 via the hard coat film 40 of the present embodiment. Details of the hard coat film 40 will be described later. Further, in the same figure, in order to clearly distinguish the touch panel member 20 and the hard coat film 40 from each other, they are illustrated apart from each other, but actually, they are used in a state where they are bonded together.
  • the display device 30 displays an image, and is composed of a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), or the like. In terms of excellent visibility, it is preferable to apply the hard coat film of this embodiment particularly to a liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device may be any of a reflective type, a transmissive type, and a transflective type, and is also a TN (Twisted Nematic) type, STN (Super Twisted Nematic) type, OCB (Optically Compensated Bend, Optically Compensated Birefringence) type. Any driving method such as a VA (Virtical Alignment) type, an IPS (In-Plane Switching) type, or an ECB (Electrically Controlled Birefringence) type may be employed.
  • VA Virtual Alignment
  • IPS In-Plane Switching
  • ECB Electrically Controlled Birefringence
  • the touch panel member 20 forms transparent conductive films 23 and 24 made of tin-doped indium oxide (ITO) on the surfaces of the two light-transmitting substrates 21 and 22, respectively, so that the transparent conductive films 23 and 24 face each other.
  • the light transmissive base materials 21 and 22 are arranged to face each other with a spacer 25 interposed therebetween.
  • a hard coat film 26 for imparting hardness and scratch resistance is provided on the surface of the touch panel member 20 opposite to the display device 30, that is, the surface on the input operation side of the light transmissive substrate 21. .
  • the hard coat film 26 can be configured by forming a hard coat layer on a cellulose ester film.
  • the input information can be detected by detecting the contact position (position of the pressed part) of the transparent conductive films 23 and 24.
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged sectional view showing the hard coat film 40.
  • the hard coat film 40 is an optical film in which a hard coat layer 42 is formed by applying a composition for forming a hard coat layer on a cellulose ester film 41 and curing the composition.
  • the materials of the cellulose ester film 41 and the hard coat layer 42 are as described above.
  • the hard coat film 40 of this embodiment has a mixed layer 43 between the cellulose ester film 41 and the hard coat layer 42.
  • the mixed layer 43 is infiltrated into the cellulose ester film 41 by the solvent contained in the applied hard coat layer forming composition.
  • This is a layer formed by mixing the layers, and is a layer in which the cellulose ester film 41 and the hard coat layer 42 are mixed.
  • This mixed layer 43 can be visually recognized as a difference in contrast, for example, by imaging the cut surface of the hard coat film 40 at a magnification of about 1000 to 5000 with a transmission electron microscope apparatus. Examples of the transmission electron microscope apparatus include H-7650 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.
  • a phthalate ester plasticizer or a phosphate ester plasticizer is contained in the cellulose ester film 41 as a plasticizer for promoting the formation of the mixed layer 43. Since the formation of the mixed layer 43 is promoted by adding the plasticizer to the cellulose ester film 41, the thickness of the mixed layer 43 can be increased as compared with the case where the plasticizer is not added.
  • the plasticizer for promoting the formation of the mixed layer 43 is contained in the cellulose ester film 41 in an amount of 6 wt% to 12 wt%, and the hard coat layer 42 in the cellulose ester film 41 Is contained more on the hard coat layer 42 side than on the opposite side.
  • the content of the plasticizer is below the lower limit, it is difficult to sufficiently increase the thickness of the mixed layer 43.
  • the content of the plasticizer exceeds the upper limit, the thickness of the mixed layer 43 increases too much, and the hard coat layer 42 becomes thin, and the hard coat layer 42 is provided with the minimum necessary hardness. It becomes difficult.
  • the plasticizer is contained in a large amount on the hard coat layer 42 side in the cellulose ester film 41, the mixed layer 43 can be efficiently formed on the hard coat layer 42 side of the cellulose ester film 41.
  • the plasticizer that promotes the formation of the mixed layer 43 is contained in a predetermined amount in the cellulose ester film 41, and is contained in a large amount on the hard coat layer 42 side. While ensuring the minimum hardness, the thickness of the mixed layer 43 to be formed can be increased so that the mixed layer 43 can have an impact absorbing function, and the entire hard coat film 40 can be given flexibility. it can. Thereby, even when the film thickness of the hard coat film 40 is as thin as 15 ⁇ m or more and 35 ⁇ m or less, the hard coat film 40 has a minimum hardness for preventing scratches in the outermost hard coat layer 42. Cracks due to impact (cracks) can be reduced.
  • the hard coat film 40 is bonded to the substrate surface of the display device 30 and the touch panel member 20 is further bonded to the hard coat layer 42 side, until the touch panel member 20 is bonded.
  • the hard coat film 40 is less likely to be cracked due to an impact at the time of input on the touch panel member 20. can do.
  • the hard coat layer forming composition contains a ketone or acetate solvent, and when the composition is applied onto the cellulose ester film 41, the solvent is a cellulose ester. Infiltrate the film 41 and dissolve. Thereby, the mixed layer 43 can be reliably formed between the hard coat layer 42 and the cellulose ester film 41, and the hard coat film 40 having such a mixed layer 43 can be reliably realized.
  • the phosphoric acid plasticizer contained in the cellulose ester film 41 is unevenly distributed on one side in the thickness direction (for example, the support side at the time of casting) when the cellulose ester film 41 is formed by the solution casting method. It has the characteristic to do. For this reason, if the plasticizer that promotes the formation of the mixed layer 43 is the above-described phosphoric acid plasticizer, the hard coat layer 42 is formed on the support side during casting with respect to the cellulose ester film 41. In addition, a mixed layer having a predetermined thickness can be efficiently formed between the cellulose ester film 41 and the hard coat layer 42.
  • the content rate of the said plasticizer (plasticizer which promotes formation of the mixed layer 43) in the film thickness part to the depth of 5 micrometers from the surface on the opposite side to the formation side of the hard-coat layer 42 in the cellulose-ester film 41 is as follows.
  • the average content of the plasticizer in the entire cellulose ester film 41 is preferably 10% or more and 50% or less.
  • the plasticizer that promotes the formation of the mixed layer 43 is unevenly distributed in the cellulose ester film 41 on the side where the hard coat layer 42 is formed. Therefore, the formation of the mixed layer 43 can be surely promoted by the plasticizer when the hard coat layer forming composition is applied.
  • the thickness of the mixed layer 43 described above is preferably 0.5% or more and 20% or less in terms of the ratio to the thickness of the hard coat film 40. If the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer 43 is less than the lower limit, the impact absorbing function in the mixed layer 43 cannot be sufficiently exhibited, and it becomes difficult to reduce cracks due to the impact of the hard coat film 40. On the other hand, when the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer 43 exceeds the upper limit, the hard coat layer 42 becomes thin, and it becomes difficult to ensure the hardness for preventing damage. Therefore, by making the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer 43 within the above range, it is easy to reduce cracks due to impact of the hard coat film 40 while ensuring the hardness for preventing the hard coat layer 42 from being damaged. It becomes.
  • the cellulose ester film 41 includes the mixed plastic layer 43 in addition to the first plasticizer.
  • a second plasticizer that promotes formation may be included.
  • the second plasticizer is a plasticizer that satisfies the following conditions. That is, the content of the second plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface on the opposite side to the formation side of the hard coat layer 42 in the cellulose ester film 41 to the depth of 5 ⁇ m is the second plasticity in the entire cellulose ester film 41. It is 80% or more and 120% or less with respect to the average content rate of an agent.
  • the ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate (EPEG) mentioned above can be considered, for example.
  • the flexibility tends to decrease on the side opposite to the hard coat layer 42 forming side in the cellulose ester film 41.
  • the content of the second plasticizer on the side opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer 42 is formed in the cellulose ester film 41 is the same as or close to the average content (100%) with respect to the entire cellulose ester film 41. Therefore, the second plasticizer can supplement the flexibility that tends to decrease on the side opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer 42 is formed. Thereby, suppleness can be reliably given to the whole cellulose-ester film 41 and by extension, the hard coat film 40 whole.
  • the position which bonds the hard coat film 40 may be another position.
  • a hard coat film 40 may be bonded, or the display device 30 in the light transmissive substrate 22 of the touch panel member 20.
  • the hard coat film 40 may be bonded to the surface on the side or the surface on the light transmissive substrate 21 side.
  • Example 1 to 20 Comparative Examples 1 to 18
  • Preparation of cellulose ester film 1 The following materials were sequentially put into a sealed container, the temperature in the container was raised from 20 ° C. to 80 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours while maintaining the temperature at 80 ° C. to completely dissolve the cellulose ester. .
  • the silicon oxide fine particles were added dispersed in a solution of a solvent to be added in advance and a small amount of cellulose ester.
  • This dope was filtered using filter paper (Azumi filter paper No. 244, manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd.) to obtain a dope composition 1.
  • Cellulose triacetate 100 parts by weight Triphenyl phosphate 8.7 parts by weight (content in cellulose ester film is 8.0% by weight)
  • Silicon oxide fine particles (Aerosil R972V, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 0.2 parts by mass Methylene chloride 320 parts by mass Methanol 20 parts by mass Butanol 5 parts by mass
  • the obtained dope composition 1 was cast on a support having a temperature of 35 ° C. made of a stainless steel endless belt through a casting die kept at a temperature of 35 ° C. to form a web.
  • the web was dried on the support, and the web was peeled from the support with a peeling roll when the residual solvent amount of the web reached 30% by mass.
  • the moving speed of the belt was 40 m / min.
  • the web after peeling is transported while being dried with 90 ° C drying air in a transport drying process using a plurality of rolls arranged on the top and bottom, and then grips both ends of the web with a tenter and then stretches in the width direction at a temperature of 130 ° C.
  • the film was stretched to 1.1 times the previous size.
  • After stretching with a tenter the web was dried with a drying air at a temperature of 135 ° C. in a transport drying process using a plurality of rolls arranged vertically.
  • the web After heat-treating the web for 15 minutes in an atmosphere with an atmosphere substitution rate of 15 (times / hour) in the drying step, the web was cooled to room temperature and wound up, and the width was 1.5 m, the film thickness was 20 ⁇ m, the length was 4000 m, and the refractive index was 1. Forty-nine long cellulose ester films 1 (transparent film substrate 1) were produced. Further, the film was wound by applying a knurling process with a width of 1 cm and an average height of 5 ⁇ m at both ends.
  • the draw ratio in the web conveyance direction immediately after peeling calculated from the rotational speed of the stainless steel band support and the operating speed of the tenter was 1.1 times.
  • the film cross section of the obtained cellulose ester film and the amount of plasticizer on both surfaces were quantified by TOF-SIMS (Time of Flight- Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry).
  • TOF-SIMS Time of Flight- Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry
  • the content of the plasticizer in the part from the surface to the depth of 5 ⁇ m on both surfaces of the film was 40% on each surface with respect to the average content of the plasticizer in the total film thickness of the cellulose ester film (this measurement surface (A1 surface)) and 160% (this measurement surface is the B1 surface).
  • the TOF-SIMS measurement was performed by detecting fragments caused by the plasticizer present on the film surface and cross section using, for example, TRIFT II type TOF-SIMS (trade name) manufactured by Phi Evans.
  • a microgravure coater obtained by filtering the following hard coat layer forming composition 1 as a coating composition on the produced transparent film substrate 1 (cellulose ester film 1) with a polypropylene filter having a pore diameter of 0.4 ⁇ m is used. And then applied to the A1 surface of the cellulose ester film 1 and dried at a constant rate drying zone temperature of 50 ° C. and a reduced rate drying zone temperature of 70 ° C., and then nitrogen so that the atmosphere has an oxygen concentration of 1.0% by volume or less.
  • the coating layer was cured to form a hard coat layer, and a 25 ⁇ m thick hard coat film was formed. Produced.
  • composition 1 for forming hard coat layer 73 parts by mass of pentaerythritol tri / tetraacrylate (NK ester A-TMM-3, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Irgacure 184 (Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 5 parts by mass Silicone surfactant 1 part by mass (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KF-351A) Acetone 70 parts by weight Methyl acetate 70 parts by weight Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 10 parts by weight
  • the coated surface of the hard coat layer forming composition 1 is the same as the production of the hard coat film 1 except that the B1 surface on the back surface side of the cellulose ester film 1 is used.
  • the distribution of the plasticizer means the content of the plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the hard coat layer forming side in the cellulose ester film to the depth of 5 ⁇ m in the entire cellulose ester film. It is shown by the ratio with respect to the average content rate.
  • the distribution of the plasticizer can be changed by changing the moving speed of the belt (support) during casting in the production of the cellulose ester film 1.
  • Tables 1 and 2 show the various parameters of the hard coat films 1 to 38 produced as described above and the results of the evaluation by the scratch test, and the results of the evaluation by the impact test of the touch panel display devices 1 to 38. ing.
  • the correspondence relationships between the hard coat films 1 to 38 and the touch panel display devices 1 to 38 and Examples 1 to 20 and Comparative Examples 1 to 18 are as shown in Tables 1 and 2.
  • the plasticizer content is indicated by weight% (wt%).
  • AC is acetone
  • MA is methyl acetate
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • MEK is methyl ethyl ketone
  • IPA is isopropyl alcohol
  • TOL is toluene
  • TPP is triphenyl phosphate
  • BDP is biphenyl diphenyl phosphate
  • DEP diethyl phthalate
  • EPEG is ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate
  • the first plasticizer plasticizer 1
  • plasticizer 1 in the cellulose ester film, 5 ⁇ m from the surface opposite to the hard coat layer forming side in the cellulose ester film.
  • the content rate of the first plasticizer in the film thickness portion up to the depth of 10% or more and 50% or less with respect to the average content rate of the first plasticizer in the whole cellulose ester film, It can be seen that the plasticizer is unevenly distributed on the hard coat layer side.
  • the evaluation of the impact test when the touch panel display device is configured is x, but the content of the first plasticizer is 7% by weight. %, The impact test is evaluated as ⁇ (see hard coat films 5, 6, 11, 12). From this, if the content of the first plasticizer is 6% by weight between 5% by weight and 7% by weight, it is estimated that the evaluation of the impact test is ⁇ between x and ⁇ . The In addition, when the content of the first plasticizer is 13% by weight, the evaluation of the scratch test is x. When the content of the first plasticizer is 11% by weight, the evaluation of the scratch test is ⁇ .
  • the impact test is evaluated as ⁇ (see hard coat films 3, 4, 9, and 10). From this, it can be inferred that if the content of the first plasticizer is 12% by weight between 11% by weight and 13% by weight, good results can be obtained in both scratch resistance and impact absorption. .
  • a film is produced by applying the composition for forming a hard coat layer on the opposite side of the cellulose ester film from the side on which the first plasticizer is unevenly distributed, such as the hard coat films 31 to 32.
  • the evaluation of the impact test is x. This is because the mixed layer is formed on the side opposite to the side where the first plasticizer is unevenly distributed with respect to the cellulose ester film, so the formation of the mixed layer is not facilitated by the first plasticizer, This is probably because the film could not be formed with a sufficient thickness.
  • the first plasticizer is contained in the cellulose ester film in an amount of 6 wt% to 12 wt%, and more on the hard coat layer side than the opposite side of the hard coat layer in the cellulose ester film.
  • the impact test is evaluated as x when the film thickness of the entire hard coat film is 14 ⁇ m, and the impact test is evaluated as ⁇ when the film thickness is 16 ⁇ m. If it is 15 ⁇ m between 14 ⁇ m and 16 ⁇ m, it is estimated that the evaluation of the impact test is ⁇ between x and ⁇ . Therefore, it can be said that the above-described effects can be obtained if the thin hard coat film has a thickness of 15 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the hard coat films 34 to 35 are prepared using a solvent other than ketones and acetates as the solvent of the hard coat layer forming composition.
  • the touch panel display devices 34 to 35 perform impact tests. Evaluation is ⁇ .
  • the impact test is evaluated as ⁇ . From this, it can be said that it is more desirable from the viewpoint of preventing cracking to produce a hard coat film using a ketone solvent and an acetate ester solvent as the solvent.
  • the distribution of the plasticizer exceeds 50%, and in the touch panel display devices 37 to 38, the impact test is evaluated as “good”. On the other hand, in the touch panel display device 1 using the hard coat film 1 having a plasticizer distribution of 50% or less, the impact test is evaluated as “ ⁇ ”. From this, it can be said that the distribution of the plasticizer is desirably 50% or less from the viewpoint of preventing cracking of the hard coat film.
  • the evaluation by the scratch test becomes x (hard coat film 4, 10, 23).
  • the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer is desirably 20% or less.
  • the evaluation of the impact test is x (see, for example, the hard coat film 6), but when the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer is 0.6%, the impact test is performed. Is evaluated as ⁇ (see hard coat films 35 and 38).
  • the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer is 0.5% between 0.4% and 0.6%, an evaluation close to ⁇ can be expected as the evaluation of the impact test. Therefore, it can be said that the lower limit of the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer is desirably 0.5% or more, and more desirably 0.6% or more.
  • the first plasticizer is difficult to say the plasticizer that promotes the formation of the mixed layer.
  • the hard coat films 13 to 20 using monopet SB or PE as the agent are positioned as comparative examples, not examples.
  • Table 3 shows the results of evaluation when hard coat films 39 to 45 were subjected to the same scratch test as described above.
  • the distribution of the second plasticizer that is, the content of the second plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the hard coat layer forming side in the cellulose ester film to a depth of 5 ⁇ m
  • the ratio relative to the average content in the whole cellulose ester film is 78% or more and 122% or less, good results (at least ⁇ ) are obtained in the scratch test.
  • the distribution of the second plasticizer is 82% or more and 118% or less, a better result ()) is obtained in the scratch test (hard coat films 40 to 44).
  • the present invention can be used for a hard coat film bonded to an image display surface of a display device to which a touch panel member is bonded, for example.

Abstract

The hard coating layer (42) of a hard coating film (40) is formed on a cellulose ester film (41) by coating a hard coating layer-forming composition and curing said composition. The film thickness of the hard coating film (40) is 15 µm to 35 µm. 6 weight% to 12 weight% of a plasticizer that promotes the formation of a mixed layer (43) of the cellulose ester film (41) and the hard coating layer (42) is contained in the cellulose ester film (41), and more of the plasticizer is contained in the hard coating layer (42) side of the cellulose ester film (41) than the side opposite to the hard coating layer (42).

Description

ハードコートフィルムおよびそれを備えたタッチパネル表示装置Hard coat film and touch panel display device including the same
 本発明は、セルロースエステルフィルム上にハードコート層が形成されたハードコートフィルムと、そのハードコートフィルムを備えたタッチパネル表示装置とに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a hard coat film in which a hard coat layer is formed on a cellulose ester film, and a touch panel display device including the hard coat film.
 現代社会は、高度情報社会と言われており、情報の流通量が増大し、各個人における情報の収集や選択に対する要求が増大している。このような社会的背景においては、情報携帯端末やカーナビゲーションなど、移動しながら情報を処理することができる移動型の情報端末に対するニーズが大きくなり、積極的に開発が進められている。 The modern society is said to be an advanced information society, and the volume of information distribution is increasing, and the demand for information collection and selection by individuals is increasing. In such a social background, needs for mobile information terminals that can process information while moving, such as portable information terminals and car navigation systems, are increasing, and development is being actively promoted.
 移動型の情報端末では、操作者とのインターフェイスとして、キーボードを用いるよりも、携帯性を重視して、表示装置の表示部に重ねられる透明のタッチパネルを用いることが主流となってきている。 2. Description of the Related Art In mobile information terminals, it has become a mainstream to use a transparent touch panel overlaid on a display unit of a display device with an emphasis on portability rather than using a keyboard as an interface with an operator.
 タッチパネルを搭載した一般的なディスプレイでは、取り扱いの際に傷がつかないように、ディスプレイの画像表示面に硬度を付与することが要求される。この要求に対し、基材フィルム上にハードコート(HC)層を設けた光学フィルムをディスプレイの画像表示面に貼合して、画像表示面に硬度を付与することが一般になされている(例えば特許文献1参照)。 In general displays equipped with a touch panel, it is required to give hardness to the image display surface of the display so as not to be damaged during handling. In response to this requirement, an optical film provided with a hard coat (HC) layer on a base film is generally bonded to an image display surface of a display to give hardness to the image display surface (for example, patents). Reference 1).
 図3は、一般的なタッチパネル200を備えたタッチパネル表示装置100の概略の構成を示す断面図である。このタッチパネル表示装置100は、表示装置300の表面にタッチパネル200を貼合して構成されている。表示装置300は、例えば液晶表示装置である。なお、同図では、タッチパネル200と表示装置300とを明確に区別するために、これらを離間して図示しているが、実際にはこれらを貼り合せた状態で使用される。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a touch panel display device 100 including a general touch panel 200. The touch panel display device 100 is configured by bonding a touch panel 200 to the surface of the display device 300. The display device 300 is a liquid crystal display device, for example. In the figure, in order to clearly distinguish the touch panel 200 and the display device 300 from each other, they are illustrated apart from each other, but actually, they are used in a state where they are bonded together.
 タッチパネル200は、2枚の光透過性基材201・202のそれぞれの表面に、スズドープ酸化インジウム(ITO)からなる透明導電膜203・204を形成し、透明導電膜203・204が対向するように、スペーサー205を介して光透過性基材201・202を対向配置することで形成されている。タッチパネル200において表示装置300とは反対側の面、すなわち、光透過性基材201の入力操作側の面には、硬度および耐擦傷性を付与するためのハードコート層206が設けられている。この場合、光透過性基材201とハードコート層206とを併せて、1つの光学フィルム(ハードコートフィルム)として考えることもできる。 In the touch panel 200, transparent conductive films 203 and 204 made of tin-doped indium oxide (ITO) are formed on the surfaces of the two light transmissive substrates 201 and 202 so that the transparent conductive films 203 and 204 face each other. The light-transmitting base materials 201 and 202 are arranged to face each other with a spacer 205 interposed therebetween. A hard coat layer 206 for imparting hardness and scratch resistance is provided on the surface of the touch panel 200 opposite to the display device 300, that is, the surface on the input operation side of the light transmissive substrate 201. In this case, the light transmissive substrate 201 and the hard coat layer 206 can be combined and considered as one optical film (hard coat film).
 指やスタイラスペンにより、タッチパネル200のスペーサー205よりも入力操作側に位置するハードコート層206、光透過性基材201および透明導電膜203を押圧して情報の入力操作を行い、押圧された入力操作側の透明導電膜203と表示装置300側の透明導電膜204とを接触させることにより、押圧された部分の位置情報を検知することができる。 With the finger or the stylus pen, information input operation is performed by pressing the hard coat layer 206, the light transmissive substrate 201 and the transparent conductive film 203 located on the input operation side with respect to the spacer 205 of the touch panel 200. By bringing the transparent conductive film 203 on the operation side into contact with the transparent conductive film 204 on the display device 300 side, position information of the pressed portion can be detected.
 また、タッチパネル200においては、入力操作側の光透過性基材201の最表面以外に、表示装置300側の光透過性基材202の表面にハードコート層を設ける構成も提案されている(例えば特許文献2参照)。この場合、光透過性基材202と上記ハードコート層とを併せて、1つの光学フィルム(ハードコートフィルム)として考えることができる。この構成では、入力操作側の光透過性基材201との貼合までの光透過性基材202の取り扱い時に、光透過性基材202の表面に傷がつくのを防止できると考えられる。 Moreover, in the touch panel 200, the structure which provides a hard-coat layer on the surface of the light transmissive base material 202 by the side of the display apparatus 300 other than the outermost surface of the light transmissive base material 201 by the side of input operation is also proposed (for example, Patent Document 2). In this case, the light transmissive substrate 202 and the hard coat layer can be considered as one optical film (hard coat film). In this configuration, it is considered that the surface of the light transmissive substrate 202 can be prevented from being damaged during handling of the light transmissive substrate 202 until bonding to the light transmissive substrate 201 on the input operation side.
 ところで、情報携帯端末機器には、高機能化は勿論のこと、さらなる軽量化や薄型化が求められており、タッチパネルや表示装置にも薄型化が求められている。これに伴い、ハードコートフィルムを薄膜化すると、タッチパネル操作時の衝撃によってハードコートフィルムにクラックが入り易くなる。 By the way, the information portable terminal device is required not only to have high functionality but also to be further reduced in weight and thickness, and the touch panel and the display device are also required to be thin. Along with this, when the hard coat film is thinned, the hard coat film is easily cracked by an impact during operation of the touch panel.
 特に、タッチパネルを備えた表示装置において、タッチパネルの入力操作側以外の部分にハードコートフィルムを設ける場合、該ハードコートフィルムには表面の傷つき防止のために最低限の硬さは必要ではあるが、タッチパネルを表示装置に貼り合わせた後は、タッチパネル操作時の衝撃によって割れにくくすることが重要である。つまり、ハードコートフィルムには、膜厚が薄い場合でも、傷つき防止のための硬さと、割れにくくするためのしなやかさとの両方が求められる。 In particular, in a display device equipped with a touch panel, when a hard coat film is provided on a portion other than the input operation side of the touch panel, the hard coat film requires a minimum hardness to prevent scratches on the surface, After the touch panel is bonded to the display device, it is important that the touch panel is not easily broken by an impact when the touch panel is operated. That is, the hard coat film is required to have both hardness for preventing damage and suppleness for preventing cracking even when the film thickness is thin.
特開2008-165040号公報(段落〔0001〕、〔0002〕、〔0158〕等参照)JP 2008-165040 A (see paragraphs [0001], [0002], [0158], etc.) 特開2011-133881号公報(段落〔0069〕、図8等参照)Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2011-133881 (see paragraph [0069], FIG. 8, etc.)
 本発明の目的は、前記の事情に鑑み、膜厚が薄い場合でも、傷つき防止のための硬さを確保しつつ、しなやかさによって衝撃による割れを低減することができるハードコートフィルムと、そのハードコートフィルムを備えたタッチパネル表示装置とを提供することにある。 In view of the circumstances described above, an object of the present invention is to provide a hard coat film capable of reducing cracks due to impact with flexibility while ensuring hardness for preventing damage even when the film thickness is thin, and its hard It is providing the touch panel display device provided with the coat film.
 本発明の上記目的は以下の構成により達成される。 The above object of the present invention is achieved by the following configuration.
 1.セルロースエステルフィルム上に、ハードコート層形成用組成物を塗布し、該組成物を硬化させることによってハードコート層が形成されたハードコートフィルムであって、
 該ハードコートフィルムの膜厚が、15μm以上35μm以下であり、
 前記セルロースエステルフィルムと前記ハードコート層との混合層の形成を助長する可塑剤が、前記セルロースエステルフィルム中に6重量%以上12重量%以下含有されているとともに、前記セルロースエステルフィルムにおける前記ハードコート層とは反対側よりも、前記ハードコート層側に多く含有されていることを特徴とするハードコートフィルム。
1. A hard coat film in which a hard coat layer is formed by applying a composition for forming a hard coat layer on a cellulose ester film and curing the composition,
The film thickness of the hard coat film is 15 μm or more and 35 μm or less,
The plasticizer for promoting the formation of the mixed layer of the cellulose ester film and the hard coat layer is contained in the cellulose ester film in an amount of 6 wt% to 12 wt%, and the hard coat in the cellulose ester film The hard coat film is more contained on the hard coat layer side than on the side opposite to the layer.
 2.前記ハードコート層形成用組成物に、ケトン系または酢酸エステルの溶媒が含まれていることを特徴とする前記1に記載のハードコートフィルム。 2. 2. The hard coat film as described in 1 above, wherein the hard coat layer forming composition contains a ketone or acetate solvent.
 3.前記可塑剤が、リン酸系の可塑剤であることを特徴とする前記1または2に記載のハードコートフィルム。 3. 3. The hard coat film as described in 1 or 2 above, wherein the plasticizer is a phosphoric acid plasticizer.
 4.前記セルロースエステルフィルムにおける前記ハードコート層の形成側とは反対側の表面から5μmの深さまでの膜厚部分における前記可塑剤の含有率が、前記セルロースエステルフィルム全体における前記可塑剤の平均含有率に対して、10%以上50%以下であることを特徴とする前記1から3のいずれかに記載のハードコートフィルム。  4. In the cellulose ester film, the content of the plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer is formed to a depth of 5 μm is the average content of the plasticizer in the entire cellulose ester film. On the other hand, the hard coat film as described in any one of 1 to 3 above, which is 10% or more and 50% or less. *
 5.前記混合層の厚さは、該ハードコートフィルムの厚さに対する割合で、0.5%以上20%以下であることを特徴とする前記1から4のいずれかに記載のハードコートフィルム。 5. 5. The hard coat film as described in any one of 1 to 4 above, wherein the thickness of the mixed layer is 0.5% or more and 20% or less in a ratio to the thickness of the hard coat film.
 6.前記可塑剤を第1の可塑剤とすると、
 前記第1の可塑剤に加えて、前記セルロースエステルフィルムと前記ハードコート層との混合層の形成を助長する第2の可塑剤が前記セルロースエステルフィルム中に含有されており、
 前記セルロースエステルフィルムにおける前記ハードコート層の形成側とは反対側の表面から5μmの深さまでの膜厚部分における前記第2の可塑剤の含有率が、前記セルロースエステルフィルム全体における前記可塑剤の平均含有率に対して、80%以上120%以下であることを特徴とする前記1から5のいずれかに記載のハードコートフィルム。
6). When the plasticizer is the first plasticizer,
In addition to the first plasticizer, a second plasticizer for promoting the formation of a mixed layer of the cellulose ester film and the hard coat layer is contained in the cellulose ester film,
In the cellulose ester film, the content of the second plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer is formed to a depth of 5 μm is the average of the plasticizer in the entire cellulose ester film. The hard coat film as described in any one of 1 to 5 above, which is 80% or more and 120% or less with respect to the content.
 7.画像を表示する表示装置と、
 前記表示装置の画像表示側の基板表面に貼合されるハードコートフィルムと、
 前記ハードコートフィルムを介して前記表示装置と接合されるタッチパネル部材とを有するタッチパネル表示装置であって、
 前記ハードコートフィルムは、前記1から6のいずれかに記載のハードコートフィルムで構成されていることを特徴とするタッチパネル表示装置。
7). A display device for displaying an image;
A hard coat film bonded to the substrate surface on the image display side of the display device;
A touch panel display device having a touch panel member joined to the display device via the hard coat film,
The said hard coat film is comprised with the hard coat film in any one of said 1-6, The touchscreen display apparatus characterized by the above-mentioned.
 上記の構成によれば、セルロースエステルフィルムとハードコート層との間の混合層の形成を助長する可塑剤が、セルロースエステルフィルム中に所定量含有されており、しかも、ハードコート層側に多く含有されているので、形成される混合層の厚みを増大させて、混合層に衝撃吸収機能を持たせることができる。また、上記可塑剤により、ハードコートフィルム全体にしなやかさを与えることができる。これにより、ハードコートフィルムの膜厚が、15μm以上35μm以下と薄い場合でも、ハードコート層にて傷つき防止のための最低限の硬さを確保しつつ、ハードコートフィルムの衝撃による割れ(クラック)を低減することができる。 According to said structure, the plasticizer which promotes formation of the mixed layer between a cellulose-ester film and a hard-coat layer is contained in the cellulose ester film in predetermined amount, and also contains a lot in the hard-coat layer side Therefore, the thickness of the formed mixed layer can be increased and the mixed layer can have an impact absorbing function. In addition, the plasticizer can give flexibility to the entire hard coat film. Thereby, even when the film thickness of the hard coat film is as thin as 15 μm or more and 35 μm or less, the hard coat film is cracked due to impact while ensuring the minimum hardness for preventing scratches. Can be reduced.
本発明の実施の形態のタッチパネル表示装置の概略の構成を示す断面図である。1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a touch panel display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 上記タッチパネル表示装置に適用されるハードコートフィルムを拡大して示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which expands and shows the hard coat film applied to the said touchscreen display apparatus. 従来のタッチパネル表示装置の概略の構成を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the structure of the outline of the conventional touch panel display device.
 以下、本発明を実施するための形態について詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, although the form for implementing this invention is demonstrated in detail, this invention is not limited to these.
 <ハードコートフィルム>
 本実施形態のハードコートフィルムは、セルロースエステルフィルム上にハードコート層が形成された光学フィルムであり、その膜厚は、15μm以上35μm以下となっている。
<Hard coat film>
The hard coat film of this embodiment is an optical film in which a hard coat layer is formed on a cellulose ester film, and the film thickness is 15 μm or more and 35 μm or less.
 (ハードコート層)
 本実施形態に係るハードコート層は、活性線硬化樹脂を含有することが機械的膜強度(耐擦傷性、鉛筆硬度)に優れる点から好ましい。すなわち、紫外線や電子線のような活性線(活性エネルギー線ともいう)照射により、架橋反応を経て硬化する樹脂を主たる成分とする層である。活性線硬化樹脂としては、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有するモノマーを含む成分が好ましく用いられ、紫外線や電子線のような活性線を照射することによって硬化させて活性線硬化樹脂層が形成される。活性線硬化樹脂としては、紫外線硬化性樹脂や電子線硬化性樹脂等が代表的なものとして挙げられるが、紫外線照射によって硬化する樹脂が特に機械的膜強度(耐擦傷性、鉛筆硬度)に優れる点から好ましい。紫外線硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、紫外線硬化型アクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型ウレタンアクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型ポリエステルアクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型エポキシアクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型ポリオールアクリレート系樹脂、又は紫外線硬化型エポキシ樹脂等が好ましく用いられ、中でも紫外線硬化型アクリレート系樹脂が好ましい。
(Hard coat layer)
The hard coat layer according to the present embodiment preferably contains an actinic radiation curable resin from the viewpoint of excellent mechanical film strength (abrasion resistance, pencil hardness). That is, it is a layer mainly composed of a resin that is cured through a crosslinking reaction by irradiation with active rays (also called active energy rays) such as ultraviolet rays and electron beams. As the actinic radiation curable resin, a component containing a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is preferably used, and an actinic radiation curable resin layer is formed by curing by irradiation with actinic radiation such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams. The Typical examples of the actinic radiation curable resin include an ultraviolet curable resin and an electron beam curable resin, but a resin curable by ultraviolet irradiation is particularly excellent in mechanical film strength (abrasion resistance, pencil hardness). It is preferable from the point. Examples of the ultraviolet curable resin include an ultraviolet curable acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable urethane acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyester acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable epoxy acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyol acrylate resin, and an ultraviolet ray. A curable epoxy resin or the like is preferably used, and an ultraviolet curable acrylate resin is particularly preferable.
 紫外線硬化型アクリレート系樹脂としては、多官能アクリレートが好ましい。該多官能アクリレートとしては、ペンタエリスリトール多官能アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトール多官能アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール多官能メタクリレート、及びジペンタエリスリトール多官能メタクリレートよりなる群から選ばれることが好ましい。ここで、多官能アクリレートとは、分子中に2個以上のアクリロイルオキシ基又はメタクロイルオキシ基を有する化合物である。多官能アクリレートのモノマーとしては、例えばエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリアクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリアクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラアクリレート、ペンタグリセロールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ/テトラアクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラアクリレート、エトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、グリセリントリアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、トリス(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリメタクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリメタクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラメタクリレート、ペンタグリセロールトリメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラメタクリレート、グリセリントリメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサメタクリレート、活性エネルギー線硬化型のイソシアヌレート誘導体等が好ましく挙げられる。 As the ultraviolet curable acrylate resin, polyfunctional acrylate is preferable. The polyfunctional acrylate is preferably selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, dipentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, pentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate, and dipentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate. Here, the polyfunctional acrylate is a compound having two or more acryloyloxy groups or methacryloyloxy groups in the molecule. Examples of the polyfunctional acrylate monomer include ethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, and tetramethylolmethane triacrylate. , Tetramethylolmethane tetraacrylate, pentaglycerol triacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tri / tetraacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, glycerol triacrylate relay , Dipentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di Methacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, tetramethylol methane trimethacrylate, tetramethylol methane tetramethacrylate, pentaglycerol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pen Pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, glycerol trimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol trimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol penta methacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa methacrylate, etc. isocyanurate derivatives of the active energy ray-curable are preferably exemplified.
 本実施形態に係るハードコート層は、活性エネルギー線硬化型のイソシアヌレート誘導体を含有することが、フィルム同士の滑り性を抑制する効果が高められることから好ましい。活性エネルギー線硬化型のイソシアヌレート誘導体としては、イソシアヌル酸骨格に1個以上のエチレン性不飽和基が結合した構造を有する化合物であればよく、特に制限はないが、下記一般式(1)で示される同一分子内に3個以上のエチレン性不飽和基及び1個以上のイソシアヌレート環を有する化合物が好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基の種類は、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、スチリル基、ビニルエーテル基であり、より好ましくはメタクリロイル基又はアクリロイル基であり、特に好ましくはアクリロイル基である。 It is preferable that the hard coat layer according to the present embodiment contains an active energy ray-curable isocyanurate derivative because the effect of suppressing slippage between films is enhanced. The active energy ray-curable isocyanurate derivative is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having a structure in which one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups are bonded to an isocyanuric acid skeleton. Compounds having three or more ethylenically unsaturated groups and one or more isocyanurate rings in the same molecule shown are preferred. The kind of ethylenically unsaturated group is an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a styryl group, and a vinyl ether group, more preferably a methacryloyl group or an acryloyl group, and particularly preferably an acryloyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001


 式中Lは、2価の連結基であり、好ましくは、イソシアヌレート環に炭素原子が結合している置換又は無置換の炭素原子数4以下のアルキレンオキシ基又はポリアルキレンオキシ基であり、特に好ましくはアルキレンオキシ基であり、それぞれ同じであっても異なっていてもよい。Rは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、それぞれ同じであっても異なっていてもよい。一般式(1)で示される具体的化合物を以下に示すが、これらに限られない。 In the formula, L 2 is a divalent linking group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyleneoxy group or polyalkyleneoxy group having 4 or less carbon atoms in which a carbon atom is bonded to the isocyanurate ring, Particularly preferred are alkyleneoxy groups, which may be the same or different. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and may be the same or different. Although the specific compound shown by General formula (1) is shown below, it is not restricted to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004


 その他の化合物としては、イソシアヌル酸ジアクリレート化合物が挙げられ、下記一般式(2)で表されるイソシアヌル酸エトキシ変性ジアクリレートが好ましい。 Other compounds include isocyanuric acid diacrylate compounds, and isocyanuric acid ethoxy-modified diacrylate represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005


 またその他として、ε-カプロラクトン変性の活性エネルギー線硬化型のイソシアヌレート誘導体を挙げることもでき、具体的には下記一般式(3)で表される化合物である。  Other examples include ε-caprolactone-modified active energy ray-curable isocyanurate derivatives, specifically, compounds represented by the following general formula (3). *
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006


 上記化学構造式のR~Rの一には、下記a、b、cで示される官能基が付くが、R~Rの少なくとも一つはbの官能基である。 One of R 1 to R 3 in the above chemical structural formula is attached with a functional group represented by a, b, or c below, and at least one of R 1 to R 3 is a functional group of b.
 a:-H、若しくは-(CH)n-OH(n=1~10、好ましくはn=2~6)
 b:-(CH)n-O-(COC10)m-COCH=CH(n=1~10、好ましくはn=2~6、m=2~8)
 c:-(CH)n-O-R(Rは(メタ)アクリロイル基、n=1~10、好ましくはn=2~6)
a: —H or — (CH 2 ) n—OH (n = 1 to 10, preferably n = 2 to 6)
b: — (CH 2 ) n—O— (COC 5 H 10 ) m-COCH═CH 2 (n = 1 to 10, preferably n = 2 to 6, m = 2 to 8)
c: — (CH 2 ) n—O—R (R is a (meth) acryloyl group, n = 1 to 10, preferably n = 2 to 6)
 一般式(3)で示される具体的化合物を以下に示すが、これらに限られない。 Specific compounds represented by the general formula (3) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007


 イソシアヌル酸トリアクリレート化合物の市販品としては、例えば新中村化学工業株式会社製A-9300などが挙げられる。イソシアヌル酸ジアクリレート化合物の市販品としては、例えば東亞合成株式会社製アロニックスM-215などが挙げられる。イソシアヌル酸トリアクリレート化合物及びイソシアヌル酸ジアクリレート化合物の混合物としては、例えば東亞合成株式会社製アロニックスM-315、アロニックスM-313などが挙げられる。ε-カプロラクトン変性の活性エネルギー線硬化型のイソシアヌレート誘導体としては、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレートである新中村化学工業株式会社製A-9300-1CL、東亞合成株式会社製アロニックスM-327などを挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。 Examples of commercially available isocyanuric acid triacrylate compounds include A-9300 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. Examples of commercially available isocyanuric acid diacrylate compounds include Aronix M-215 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. Examples of the mixture of the isocyanuric acid triacrylate compound and the isocyanuric acid diacrylate compound include Aronix M-315 and Aronix M-313 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. ε-Caprolactone-modified active energy ray-curable isocyanurate derivatives include ε-caprolactone-modified tris- (acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. A-9300-1CL, Toagosei Co., Ltd. Examples include, but are not limited to, Aronix M-327.
 これらの市販品としては、アデカオプトマーNシリーズ、サンラッドH-601、RC-750、RC-700、RC-600、RC-500、RC-611、RC-612(三洋化成工業(株)製)、アロニックスM-6100、M-8030、M-8060、アロニックスM-215、アロニックスM-315、アロニックスM-313、アロニックスM-327(東亞合成(株)製)、NK-エステルA-TMM-3L、NK-エステルAD-TMP、NK-エステルATM-35E、NKエステルA-DOG、NKエステルA-IBD-2E、A-9300、A-9300-1CL(新中村化学工業(株))、PE-3A(共栄社化学)などが挙げられる。上記活性線硬化樹脂を単独又は2種以上混合しても良い。また、活性線硬化型樹脂の25℃における粘度は、好ましくは20mPa・s以上、2000mPa・s以下である。このような低粘度の樹脂を用いることで、後述する突起形状が得られやすい。具体的には前記樹脂の粘度範囲であれば、乾燥工程において樹脂組成物(活性線硬化型樹脂と溶剤以外の添加剤からなる組成物)の十分な流動性が得られやすく、突起形状が得られやすい。 As these commercial products, Adekaoptomer N series, Sunrad H-601, RC-750, RC-700, RC-600, RC-500, RC-611, RC-612 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.) , Aronix M-6100, M-8030, M-8060, Aronix M-215, Aronix M-315, Aronix M-313, Aronix M-327 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK-ester A-TMM-3L NK-ester AD-TMP, NK-ester ATM-35E, NK ester A-DOG, NK ester A-IBD-2E, A-9300, A-9300-1CL (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), PE- 3A (Kyoeisha Chemical) etc. are mentioned. You may mix the said active ray curable resin individually or in mixture of 2 or more types. The viscosity at 25 ° C. of the actinic radiation curable resin is preferably 20 mPa · s or more and 2000 mPa · s or less. By using such a low-viscosity resin, a protrusion shape described later can be easily obtained. Specifically, within the viscosity range of the resin, sufficient fluidity of the resin composition (composition comprising an active ray curable resin and an additive other than a solvent) can be easily obtained in the drying step, and a protrusion shape can be obtained. It is easy to be done.
 活性線硬化型樹脂の粘度の測定は、樹脂をディスパーにて撹拌混合し25℃の条件にてB型粘度計を用いて行うことができる。また、単官能アクリレートを用いても良い。 Measurement of the viscosity of the actinic radiation curable resin can be performed using a B-type viscometer under the condition of 25 ° C. with the resin stirred and mixed with a disper. A monofunctional acrylate may also be used.
 単官能アクリレートとしては、イソボロニルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート、イソステアリルアクリレート、ベンジルアクリレート、エチルカルビトールアクリレート、フェノキシエチルアクリレート、ラウリルアクリレート、イソオクチルアクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、ベヘニルアクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、シクロヘキシルアクリレートなどが挙げられる。このような単官能アクリレートは、日本化成工業株式会社、新中村化学工業株式会社、大阪有機化学工業株式会社等から入手できる。 Monofunctional acrylates include isobornyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, isostearyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, ethyl carbitol acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, behenyl Examples thereof include acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, and cyclohexyl acrylate. Such monofunctional acrylates can be obtained from Nippon Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.
 単官能アクリレートを用いる場合には、多官能アクリレートと単官能アクリレートの含有質量比で、多官能アクリレート:単官能アクリレート=80:20~98:2で含有することが好ましい。 When a monofunctional acrylate is used, it is preferable that the polyfunctional acrylate and the monofunctional acrylate are contained in a mass ratio of polyfunctional acrylate: monofunctional acrylate = 80: 20 to 98: 2.
 (光重合開始剤)
 また、ハードコート層には活性線硬化樹脂の硬化促進のため、光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤量としては、質量比で、光重合開始剤:活性線硬化樹脂=20:100~0.01:100で含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、具体的には、アルキルフェノン系、アセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、α-アミロキシムエステル、チオキサントン等及び、これらの誘導体を挙げることができるが、特にこれらに限定されるものではない。
(Photopolymerization initiator)
The hard coat layer preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator to accelerate the curing of the actinic radiation curable resin. The amount of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably contained in a mass ratio of photopolymerization initiator: active ray curable resin = 20: 100 to 0.01: 100. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include alkylphenone series, acetophenone, benzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, Michler's ketone, α-amyloxime ester, thioxanthone, and derivatives thereof, but are not particularly limited thereto. It is not something.
 このような光重合開始剤は市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、例えば、BASFジャパン(株)製のイルガキュア184、イルガキュア907、イルガキュア651などが好ましい例示として挙げられる。 Commercially available products may be used as such photopolymerization initiators, and preferred examples include Irgacure 184, Irgacure 907, Irgacure 651, etc., manufactured by BASF Japan.
 (導電剤)
 ハードコート層には、帯電防止性を付与するために導電剤が含まれていても良い。好ましい導電剤としては、金属酸化物粒子又はπ共役系導電性ポリマーが挙げられる。また、イオン液体も導電性化合物として好ましく用いられる。
(Conductive agent)
The hard coat layer may contain a conductive agent in order to impart antistatic properties. Preferred conductive agents include metal oxide particles or π-conjugated conductive polymers. An ionic liquid is also preferably used as the conductive compound.
 (添加剤)
 ハードコート層には、アルカリ処理前後の対水接触角の差(θΔ)を所定の範囲(例えば5~55°)に制御しやすい点から、シリコーン系界面活性剤、フッ素系界面活性剤、アニオン界面活性剤、及びフッ素-シロキサングラフト化合物、フッ素系化合物、アクリル共重合物などの添加剤を含有させても良い。また、HLB値が3~18の化合物を含有しても良い。これら添加剤の種類や添加量を調整することで、撥水性を制御でき、θΔを前記範囲に制御しやすい。θΔが前記範囲内であれば、ハードコート層が親水性を示し、ロール状に巻き取った際、ハードコートフィルム同士の滑り性が抑制され、巻ズレ防止の効果が得られる。
(Additive)
In the hard coat layer, a silicone surfactant, a fluorosurfactant, a difference in contact angle with water before and after alkali treatment (θ Δ ) can be easily controlled within a predetermined range (eg, 5 to 55 °), An anionic surfactant and an additive such as a fluorine-siloxane graft compound, a fluorine-based compound, and an acrylic copolymer may be contained. Further, a compound having an HLB value of 3 to 18 may be contained. By adjusting the type and amount of these additives, water repellency can be controlled, and θ Δ can be easily controlled within the above range. If θΔ is within the above range, the hard coat layer exhibits hydrophilicity, and when wound into a roll, the slipping property between the hard coat films is suppressed, and an effect of preventing winding deviation is obtained.
 ここで、アルカリ処理前後の対水接触角の差(θΔ)は、ハードコートフィルムのアルカリ処理前のハードコート層の対水接触角(θ)から、少なくとも下記に示す条件で、アルカリ処理された後のハードコート層の対水接触角(θa)を引いて、アルカリ処理前後の対水接触角の差(θΔ)とした値である。アルカリ処理条件としては、温度50℃の2.5mol/Lの水酸化カリウム溶液に、ハードコートフィルムを120秒間浸漬処理した条件である。また、対水接触角については、温度23℃、相対湿度55%の雰囲気下で試料を24時間放置後、温度23℃、相対湿度55%の雰囲気下で、接触角計(協和界面科学株式会社製、商品名DropMaster DM100)を用いて、純水1μlを滴下1分後における純水の接触角を7回測定し、測定値の最大値、最小値を除いた5つの測定値を平均した値とした。 Here, the difference (θ Δ ) between the water contact angle before and after the alkali treatment is alkali-treated under the conditions shown below at least from the water contact angle (θ) of the hard coat layer before the alkali treatment of the hard coat film. This is a value obtained by subtracting the water contact angle (θa) of the hard coat layer after this to obtain the difference (θ Δ ) in water contact angle before and after the alkali treatment. The alkali treatment condition is a condition in which the hard coat film is immersed in a 2.5 mol / L potassium hydroxide solution at a temperature of 50 ° C. for 120 seconds. As for the contact angle with water, the sample was allowed to stand for 24 hours in an atmosphere having a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55%, and then contact angle meter (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) in an atmosphere having a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55%. Product, trade name DropMaster DM100), the contact angle of pure water 7 minutes after dropping 1 μl of pure water was measured 7 times, and the average value of 5 measured values excluding the maximum and minimum values of the measured values It was.
 上記のHLB値とは、Hydrophile-Lipophile-Balance、親水性-親油性-バランスのことであり、化合物の親水性又は親油性の大きさを示す値である。HLB値が小さいほど親油性が高く、値が大きいほど親水性が高くなる。また、HLB値は以下のような計算式によって求めることができる。 The above HLB value is Hydrophile-Lipophile-Balance, hydrophilic-lipophilic-balance, and is a value indicating the hydrophilicity or lipophilicity of a compound. The smaller the HLB value, the higher the lipophilicity, and the higher the value, the higher the hydrophilicity. The HLB value can be obtained by the following calculation formula.
 HLB=7+11.7Log(Mw/Mo)
 式中、Mwは親水基の分子量、Moは親油基の分子量を表し、Mw+Mo=M(化合物の分子量)である。あるいはグリフィン法によれば、HLB値=20×親水部の式量の総和/分子量(J.Soc.Cosmetic Chem.,5(1954),294)等が挙げられる。HLB値が3~18の化合物の具体的化合物を下記に挙げるが、本発明はこれに限定されるものでない。( )内はHLB値を示す。
HLB = 7 + 11.7Log (Mw / Mo)
In the formula, Mw represents the molecular weight of the hydrophilic group, Mo represents the molecular weight of the lipophilic group, and Mw + Mo = M (molecular weight of the compound). Alternatively, according to the Griffin method, HLB value = 20 × total formula weight of hydrophilic part / molecular weight (J. Soc. Cosmetic Chem., 5 (1954), 294) and the like. Specific examples of the compound having an HLB value of 3 to 18 are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Figures in parentheses indicate HLB values.
 花王株式会社製:エマルゲン102KG(6.3)、エマルゲン103(8.1)、エマルゲン104P(9.6)、エマルゲン105(9.7)、エマルゲン106(10.5)、エマルゲン108(12.1)、エマルゲン109P(13.6)、エマルゲン120(15.3)、エマルゲン123P(16.9)、エマルゲン147(16.3)、エマルゲン210P(10.7)、エマルゲン220(14.2)、エマルゲン306P(9.4)、エマルゲン320P(13.9)、エマルゲン404(8.8)、エマルゲン408(10.0)、エマルゲン409PV(12.0)、エマルゲン420(13.6)、エマルゲン430(16.2)、エマルゲン705(10.5)、エマルゲン707(12.1)、エマルゲン709(13.3)、エマルゲン1108(13.5)、エマルゲン1118S-70(16.4)、エマルゲン1135S-70(17.9)、エマルゲン2020G-HA(13.0)、エマルゲン2025G(15.7)、エマルゲンLS-106(12.5)、エマルゲンLS-110(13.4)、エマルゲンLS-114(14.0)、日信化学工業株式会社製:サーフィノール104E(4)、サーフィノール104H(4)、サーフィノール104A(4)、サーフィノール104BC(4)、サーフィノール104DPM(4)、サーフィノール104PA(4)、サーフィノール104PG-50(4)、サーフィノール104S(4)、サーフィノール420(4)、サーフィノール440(8)、サーフィノール465(13)、サーフィノール485(17)、サーフィノールSE(6)、信越化学工業株式会社製:X-22-4272(7)、X-22-6266(8)、KF-351(12)、KF-352(7)、KF-353(10)、KF-354L(16)、KF-355A(12)、KF-615A(10)、KF-945(4)、KF-618(11)、KF-6011(12)、KF-6015(4)、KF-6004(5)。 Made by Kao Corporation: Emulgen 102KG (6.3), Emulgen 103 (8.1), Emulgen 104P (9.6), Emulgen 105 (9.7), Emulgen 106 (10.5), Emulgen 108 (12. 1), Emulgen 109P (13.6), Emulgen 120 (15.3), Emulgen 123P (16.9), Emulgen 147 (16.3), Emulgen 210P (10.7), Emulgen 220 (14.2) , Emulgen 306P (9.4), Emulgen 320P (13.9), Emulgen 404 (8.8), Emulgen 408 (10.0), Emulgen 409PV (12.0), Emulgen 420 (13.6), Emulgen 430 (16.2), Emulgen 705 (10.5), Emulgen 707 (12.1), Emulgen 09 (13.3), Emulgen 1108 (13.5), Emulgen 1118S-70 (16.4), Emulgen 1135S-70 (17.9), Emulgen 2020G-HA (13.0), Emulgen 2025G (15. 7), Emulgen LS-106 (12.5), Emulgen LS-110 (13.4), Emulgen LS-114 (14.0), manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: Surfynol 104E (4), Surfynol 104H (4), Surfinol 104A (4), Surfinol 104BC (4), Surfinol 104DPM (4), Surfinol 104PA (4), Surfinol 104PG-50 (4), Surfinol 104S (4), Surfi Knoll 420 (4), Surfynol 440 (8), Surfynol 4 5 (13), Surfynol 485 (17), Surfynol SE (6), manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .: X-22-4272 (7), X-22-6266 (8), KF-351 (12) KF-352 (7), KF-353 (10), KF-354L (16), KF-355A (12), KF-615A (10), KF-945 (4), KF-618 (11), KF-6011 (12), KF-6015 (4), KF-6004 (5).
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、ポリエーテル変性シリコーンなどを挙げることができ、上記信越化学工業社製のKFシリーズなどを挙げることができる。アクリル共重合物としては、ビックケミー・ジャパン社製のBYK-350、BYK-352などの市販品化合物を挙げることができる。フッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC株式会社製のメガファック RSシリーズ、メガファックF-444メガファックF-556などを挙げることができる。フッ素-シロキサングラフト化合物とは、少なくともフッ素系樹脂に、シロキサン及び/又はオルガノシロキサン単体を含むポリシロキサン及び/又はオルガノポリシロキサンをグラフト化させて得られる共重合体の化合物をいう。このようなフッ素-シロキサングラフト化合物は、後述の実施例に記載されているような方法で調製することができる。あるいは、市販品としては、富士化成工業株式会社製のZX-022H、ZX-007C、ZX-049、ZX-047-D等を挙げることができる。またフッ素系化合物としては、ダイキン工業株式会社製のオプツールDSX、オプツールDACなどを挙げることができる。これら成分は、ハードコート組成物中の固形分成分に対し、0.005質量部以上、5質量部以下の範囲で添加することが好ましい。 Examples of the silicone surfactant include polyether-modified silicone, and the KF series manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. can be used. Examples of the acrylic copolymer include commercially available compounds such as BYK-350 and BYK-352 manufactured by BYK Japan. Examples of the fluorosurfactant include MegaFuck RS series and MegaFuck F-444 MegaFuck F-556 manufactured by DIC Corporation. The fluorine-siloxane graft compound refers to a copolymer compound obtained by grafting polysiloxane and / or organopolysiloxane containing siloxane and / or organosiloxane alone to at least a fluorine-based resin. Such a fluorine-siloxane graft compound can be prepared by a method as described in Examples described later. Alternatively, examples of commercially available products include ZX-022H, ZX-007C, ZX-049, and ZX-047-D manufactured by Fuji Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Moreover, as a fluorine-type compound, Daikin Industries Ltd. OPTOOL DSX, OPTOOL DAC, etc. can be mentioned. These components are preferably added in the range of 0.005 parts by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less with respect to the solid component in the hard coat composition.
 (紫外線吸収剤)
 ハードコート層は、後述するセルロースエステルフィルムで説明する紫外線吸収剤をさらに含有しても良い。紫外線吸収剤を含有する場合のフィルムの構成としては、ハードコートフィルムが2層以上で構成される場合には、セルロースエステルフィルムと接するハードコート層に紫外線吸収剤を含有することが好ましい。
(UV absorber)
A hard-coat layer may further contain the ultraviolet absorber demonstrated by the cellulose-ester film mentioned later. When the hard coat film is composed of two or more layers, it is preferable that the hard coat layer in contact with the cellulose ester film contains the ultraviolet absorber as the film configuration when containing the ultraviolet absorber.
 紫外線吸収剤の含有量としては質量比で、紫外線吸収剤:ハードコート層構成樹脂=0.01:100~10:100で含有することが好ましい。2層以上設ける場合、セルロースエステルフィルムと接するハードコート層の膜厚は、0.05~2μmの範囲であることが好ましい。2層以上の積層は同時重層で形成しても良い。同時重層とは、乾燥工程を経ずに基材上に2層以上のハードコート層をwet on wetで塗布して、ハードコート層を形成することである。第1ハードコート層の上に乾燥工程を経ずに、第2ハードコート層をwet on wetで積層するには、押し出しコーターにより逐次重層するか、若しくは複数のスリットを有するスロットダイにて同時重層を行えばよい。 As the content of the UV absorber, it is preferable that the UV absorber: hard coat layer constituting resin = 0.01: 100 to 10: 100 in terms of mass ratio. When two or more layers are provided, the thickness of the hard coat layer in contact with the cellulose ester film is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2 μm. Two or more layers may be formed as a simultaneous multilayer. The simultaneous multi-layering is to form a hard coat layer by applying two or more hard coat layers on a base material without going through a drying step. In order to laminate the second hard coat layer on the first hard coat layer without using a drying process, the layers are stacked one after another with an extrusion coater or simultaneously with a slot die having a plurality of slits. Can be done.
 (溶剤)
 ハードコート層は、上記したハードコート層を形成する成分を、セルロースエステルフィルムを膨潤又は一部溶解する溶剤で希釈してハードコート層形成用組成物とし、以下の方法でセルロースエステルフィルム上に塗布、乾燥、硬化して設けることが好ましい。
(solvent)
The hard coat layer is a composition for forming a hard coat layer by diluting the above-mentioned components forming the hard coat layer with a solvent that swells or partially dissolves the cellulose ester film, and is applied onto the cellulose ester film by the following method. It is preferable to provide by drying and curing.
 溶剤としては、ケトン(メチルエチルケトン、アセトンなど)及び/又は酢酸エステル(酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチルなど)、アルコール(エタノール、メタノール)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノン、メチルイソブチルケトンなどが好ましい。ハードコート層の塗布量はウェット膜厚として0.1~40μmの範囲が適当で、好ましくは0.5~30μmの範囲である。また、ドライ膜厚としては平均膜厚0.01~20μmの範囲、好ましくは0.5~10μmの範囲である。より好ましくは、0.5~5μmの範囲である。 As the solvent, ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, etc.) and / or acetate esters (methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), alcohols (ethanol, methanol), propylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclohexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc. are preferable. The coating amount of the hard coat layer is suitably in the range of 0.1 to 40 μm as wet film thickness, and preferably in the range of 0.5 to 30 μm. The dry film thickness is in the range of an average film thickness of 0.01 to 20 μm, preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10 μm. More preferably, it is in the range of 0.5 to 5 μm.
 ハードコート層の塗布方法は、グラビアコーター、ディップコーター、リバースコーター、ワイヤーバーコーター、ダイコーター、インクジェット法等の公知の方法を用いることができる。 As a method for applying the hard coat layer, known methods such as a gravure coater, a dip coater, a reverse coater, a wire bar coater, a die coater, and an ink jet method can be used.
 (ハードコート層形成方法)
 ハードコート層形成用組成物の塗布後、乾燥し、硬化(活性線を照射(UV硬化処理ともいう))し、更に必要に応じて、UV硬化後に加熱処理しても良い。UV硬化後の加熱処理温度としては80℃以上が好ましく、更に好ましくは100℃以上であり、特に好ましくは120℃以上である。このような高温でUV硬化後の加熱処理を行うことで、膜強度に優れたハードコート層を得ることができる。
(Hard coat layer forming method)
After applying the composition for forming a hard coat layer, it may be dried and cured (irradiated with active rays (also referred to as UV curing treatment)), and may be further subjected to heat treatment after UV curing, if necessary. The heat treatment temperature after UV curing is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120 ° C. or higher. By performing the heat treatment after UV curing at such a high temperature, a hard coat layer having excellent film strength can be obtained.
 乾燥は、減率乾燥区間の温度を90℃以上の高温で行うことが好ましい。更に好ましくは、減率乾燥区間の温度は90℃以上、125℃以下である。減率乾燥区間の温度を高温とすることで、ハードコート層の形成時に塗膜樹脂中で対流が生じ、その結果、ハードコート層表面に不規則な表面粗れが発現しやすく、後述する算術平均粗さRaに制御しやすい。 Drying is preferably carried out at a high temperature of 90 ° C. or more in the rate of drying section. More preferably, the temperature in the decreasing rate drying section is 90 ° C. or higher and 125 ° C. or lower. By increasing the temperature of the rate-decreasing drying section, convection occurs in the coating resin during the formation of the hard coat layer, and as a result, irregular surface roughness tends to occur on the hard coat layer surface, and the arithmetic described later It is easy to control the average roughness Ra.
 一般に乾燥プロセスは、乾燥が始まると、乾燥速度が一定の状態から徐々に減少する状態へと変化していくことが知られており、乾燥速度が一定の区間を恒率乾燥区間、乾燥速度が減少していく区間を減率乾燥区間と呼ぶ。恒率乾燥区間においては流入する熱量は全て塗膜表面の溶媒蒸発に費やされており、塗膜表面の溶媒が少なくなると蒸発面が表面から内部に移動して減率乾燥区間に入る。これ以降は塗膜表面の温度が上昇し熱風温度に近づいていくため、活性線硬化型樹脂組成物の温度が上昇し、樹脂粘度が低下して流動性が増すと考えられる。 In general, it is known that the drying process changes from a constant state to a gradually decreasing state when drying starts. The decreasing section is called the decreasing rate drying section. In the constant rate drying section, the amount of heat flowing in is all consumed for solvent evaporation on the coating film surface, and when the solvent on the coating film surface decreases, the evaporation surface moves from the surface to the inside and enters the decreasing rate drying section. Thereafter, the temperature of the coating film surface rises and approaches the hot air temperature, so that the temperature of the actinic radiation curable resin composition rises, the resin viscosity decreases, and the fluidity increases.
 UV硬化処理の光源としては、紫外線を発生する光源であれば制限なく使用できる。例えば、低圧水銀灯、中圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク灯、メタルハライドランプ、キセノンランプ等を用いることができる。 As a light source for UV curing treatment, any light source that generates ultraviolet rays can be used without limitation. For example, a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a metal halide lamp, a xenon lamp, or the like can be used.
 照射条件はそれぞれのランプによって異なるが、活性線の照射量は、通常50~1000mJ/cmの範囲、好ましくは50~300mJ/cmの範囲である。また、UV硬化処理では酸素による反応阻害を防止するため、酸素除去(例えば、窒素パージなどの不活性ガスによる置換)を行うこともできる。酸素濃度の除去量を調整することで、表面の硬化状態を制御できる。これにより、前述した添加剤のハードコート層面での存在状態をコントロールでき、その結果、θΔを前記範囲に制御しやすい。活性線を照射する際には、フィルムの搬送方向に張力を付与しながら行うことが好ましく、更に好ましくは幅方向にも張力を付与しながら行うことである。付与する張力は30~300N/mが好ましい。張力を付与する方法は特に限定されず、バックローラ上で搬送方向に張力を付与してもよく、テンターにて幅方向、又は2軸方向に張力を付与してもよい。これによって更に平面性の優れたフィルムを得ることができる。 Irradiation conditions vary depending on each lamp, but the irradiation amount of active rays is usually in the range of 50 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 , preferably in the range of 50 to 300 mJ / cm 2 . In the UV curing treatment, oxygen removal (for example, replacement with an inert gas such as nitrogen purge) can be performed to prevent reaction inhibition by oxygen. The cured state of the surface can be controlled by adjusting the removal amount of the oxygen concentration. This makes it possible to control the presence state of the additive on the hard coat layer surface, and as a result, it is easy to control θΔ within the above range. When irradiating actinic radiation, it is preferably performed while applying tension in the film transport direction, and more preferably while applying tension in the width direction. The tension to be applied is preferably 30 to 300 N / m. The method for applying tension is not particularly limited, and tension may be applied in the conveying direction on the back roller, or tension may be applied in the width direction or biaxial direction by a tenter. Thereby, a film having further excellent flatness can be obtained.
 (表面形状)
 ハードコート層の算術平均粗さRaは、フィルム同士の滑り性を抑制し、巻ズレ防止効果が高められることから、2~100nmの範囲内が好ましく、特に好ましくは5~80nmの範囲内である。なお、算術平均粗さRaは、JIS(Japanese Industrial Standards ;日本工業規格) B0601:2001)に準じて測定できる。
(Surface shape)
The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the hard coat layer is preferably in the range of 2 to 100 nm, particularly preferably in the range of 5 to 80 nm because the slippage between the films is suppressed and the effect of preventing winding deviation is enhanced. . The arithmetic average roughness Ra can be measured according to JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards; B0601: 2001).
 該算術平均粗さRaとするための突起形状の高さは2nm~4μmの範囲内が好ましい。また突起形状の幅は50nm~300μmの範囲内、好ましくは、50nm~100μmの範囲内である。 The height of the protrusion shape for obtaining the arithmetic average roughness Ra is preferably in the range of 2 nm to 4 μm. The width of the protrusion shape is in the range of 50 nm to 300 μm, preferably in the range of 50 nm to 100 μm.
 ハードコート層の10点平均粗さRzは、中心線平均粗さRaの10倍以下、平均山谷距離Smは5~150μmが好ましく、より好ましくは20~100μm、凹凸最深部からの凸部高さの標準偏差は0.5μm以下、中心線を基準とした平均山谷距離Smの標準偏差が20μm以下、傾斜角0~5度の面は10%以上が好ましい。前記した算術平均粗さRa、Sm、Rzは、JIS B0601:2001に準じて光学干渉式表面粗さ計(ZYGO社製、NewView)で測定した値である。 The 10-point average roughness Rz of the hard coat layer is 10 times or less of the centerline average roughness Ra, and the average mountain-valley distance Sm is preferably 5 to 150 μm, more preferably 20 to 100 μm, and the height of the protrusion from the deepest part of the unevenness Is preferably 0.5 μm or less, a standard deviation of an average mountain-valley distance Sm based on the center line is 20 μm or less, and a surface with an inclination angle of 0 to 5 degrees is preferably 10% or more. Arithmetic average roughness Ra, Sm, and Rz described above are values measured with an optical interference surface roughness meter (manufactured by ZYGO, NewView) in accordance with JIS B0601: 2001.
 (ヘイズ)
 ハードコートフィルムのヘイズは、画像表示装置に用いた場合の視認性から0.2~10%の範囲内であることが好ましい。ヘイズは、JIS-K7105及びJIS K7136に準じて測定できる。
(Haze)
The haze of the hard coat film is preferably in the range of 0.2 to 10% in view of visibility when used in an image display device. The haze can be measured according to JIS-K7105 and JIS K7136.
 (硬度)
 本実施形態のハードコートフィルムは、硬度の指標である鉛筆硬度がHB以上、より好ましくはH以上である。HB以上であれば、表面に傷が付きにくい。鉛筆硬度は、作製した光学性フィルムを温度23℃、相対湿度55%の条件で2時間以上調湿した後、加重500g条件でJIS S 6006が規定する試験用鉛筆を用いて、ハードコート層及び又は機能性層をJIS K5400が規定する鉛筆硬度評価方法に従い測定した値である。
(hardness)
The hard coat film of this embodiment has a pencil hardness, which is an index of hardness, of HB or more, more preferably H or more. If it is more than HB, the surface is hardly scratched. The pencil hardness is determined by adjusting the humidity of the produced optical film at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% for 2 hours or more, and then using a test pencil specified by JIS S 6006 under a load of 500 g. Or it is the value which measured the functional layer according to the pencil hardness evaluation method which JISK5400 prescribes | regulates.
 <セルロースエステルフィルム>
 セルロースエステルフィルム(以下、セルロースアセテートフィルムともいう。)としては、例えばトリアセチルセルロースフィルム、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートフィルム、セルロースジアセテートフィルム、セルロースアセテートブチレートフィルム等が挙げられる。また、セルロースエステルフィルムは、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、ポリエチレン系樹脂、ポリプロピレン系樹脂、ノルボルネン系樹脂、フッ素樹脂、シクロオレフィンポリマー等を併用してもよい。セルロースエステルフィルムの市販品としては、例えばコニカミノルタタックKC8UX、KC4UX、KC8UY、KC4UY、KC6UA、KC4UA、KC4UE及びKC4UZ(以上、コニカミノルタオプト(株)製)が挙げられる。セルロースエステルフィルムの屈折率は1.45~1.55であることが好ましい。屈折率は、JIS K7142-2008に準じて測定することができる。
<Cellulose ester film>
Examples of the cellulose ester film (hereinafter also referred to as cellulose acetate film) include a triacetyl cellulose film, a cellulose acetate propionate film, a cellulose diacetate film, and a cellulose acetate butyrate film. The cellulose ester film may be used in combination with polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate resins, polyethylene resins, polypropylene resins, norbornene resins, fluororesins, and cycloolefin polymers. Examples of the commercially available cellulose ester film include Konica Minoltak KC8UX, KC4UX, KC8UY, KC4UY, KC6UA, KC4UA, KC4UE and KC4UZ (manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto, Inc.). The refractive index of the cellulose ester film is preferably 1.45 to 1.55. The refractive index can be measured according to JIS K7142-2008.
 (セルロースエステル樹脂)
 セルロースエステル樹脂(以下、セルロースエステルともいう)は、セルロースの低級脂肪酸エステルであることが好ましい。セルロースの低級脂肪酸エステルにおける低級脂肪酸とは炭素原子数が6以下の脂肪酸を意味し、例えば、セルロースアセテート、セルロースジアセテート、セルローストリアセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート等や、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート等の混合脂肪酸エステルを用いることができる。
(Cellulose ester resin)
The cellulose ester resin (hereinafter also referred to as cellulose ester) is preferably a lower fatty acid ester of cellulose. The lower fatty acid in the lower fatty acid ester of cellulose means a fatty acid having 6 or less carbon atoms. For example, cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, etc. Further, mixed fatty acid esters such as cellulose acetate butyrate can be used.
 上記記載の中でも、特に好ましく用いられるセルロースの低級脂肪酸エステルは、セルロースジアセテート、セルローストリアセテート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートである。これらのセルロースエステルは単独あるいは混合して用いることができる。 Among the above description, the lower fatty acid esters of cellulose that are particularly preferably used are cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, and cellulose acetate propionate. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in combination.
 セルロースジアセテートは、平均酢化度(結合酢酸量)51.0%~56.0%が好ましく用いられる。市販品としては、(株)ダイセル製のL20、L30、L40、L50、イーストマンケミカルジャパン(株)製のCa398-3、Ca398-6、Ca398-10、Ca398-30、Ca394-60Sが挙げられる。 Cellulose diacetate preferably has an average degree of acetylation (amount of bound acetic acid) of 51.0% to 56.0%. Commercially available products include L20, L30, L40, and L50 manufactured by Daicel Corporation, and Ca398-3, Ca398-6, Ca398-10, Ca398-30, and Ca394-60S manufactured by Eastman Chemical Japan Co., Ltd. .
 セルローストリアセテートは、平均酢化度(結合酢酸量)54.0~62.5%のものが好ましく用いられ、更に好ましいのは、平均酢化度が58.0~62.5%のセルローストリアセテートである。 The cellulose triacetate preferably has an average degree of acetylation (bound acetic acid amount) of 54.0 to 62.5%, and more preferably cellulose triacetate having an average degree of acetylation of 58.0 to 62.5%. is there.
 セルローストリアセテートとしては、数平均分子量(Mn)が125000以上155000未満、重量平均分子量(Mw)が265000以上310000未満、Mw/Mnが1.9~2.1であるセルローストリアセテートA、アセチル基置換度が2.75~2.90であり、数平均分子量(Mn)が155000以上180000未満、重量平均分子量(Mw)が290000以上360000未満、Mw/Mnが1.8~2.0であるセルローストリアセテートBを含有することが好ましい。 As cellulose triacetate, cellulose triacetate A having a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 125,000 or more and less than 155000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 265,000 or more and less than 310,000, and Mw / Mn of 1.9 to 2.1, acetyl group substitution degree Triacetate having a molecular weight of 2.75 to 2.90, a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 155,000 to less than 180,000, a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 290000 to less than 360,000, and Mw / Mn of 1.8 to 2.0 It is preferable to contain B.
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネートは、炭素原子数2~4のアシル基を置換基として有し、アセチル基の置換度をXとし、プロピオニル基又はブチリル基の置換度をYとした時、下記式(I)及び(II)を同時に満たすものが好ましい。 Cellulose acetate propionate has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and when the substitution degree of acetyl group is X and the substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is Y, the following formula (I ) And (II) are preferably satisfied at the same time.
 式(I) 2.6≦X+Y≦3.0
 式(II) 0≦X≦2.5
 中でも1.9≦X≦2.5、0.1≦Y≦0.9であることが好ましい。
Formula (I) 2.6 ≦ X + Y ≦ 3.0
Formula (II) 0 ≦ X ≦ 2.5
Among them, it is preferable that 1.9 ≦ X ≦ 2.5 and 0.1 ≦ Y ≦ 0.9.
 上記アシル基の置換度は、ASTM(American Society for Testing and Materials;米国試験材料協会)が策定・発行する規格の一つであるASTM-D817-96に準じて測定することができる。 The degree of substitution of the acyl group can be measured according to ASTM-D817-96, one of the standards formulated and issued by ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials).
 セルロースエステルの数平均分子量(Mn)及び重量平均分子量(Mw)は、高速液体クロマトグラフィーを用いて測定できる。測定条件は以下の通りである。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) and weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose ester can be measured using high performance liquid chromatography. The measurement conditions are as follows.
 溶媒:メチレンクロライド
 カラム:Shodex K806、K805、K803G
(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
 カラム温度:25℃
 試料濃度:0.1質量%
 検出器:RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
 ポンプ:L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
 流量:1.0ml/min
 校正曲線:標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=1000000~500迄の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G
(Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (GL Science Co., Ltd.)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Mw = 1000,000 to 500 calibration curves with 13 samples were used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.
 (熱可塑性アクリル樹脂)
 セルロースエステルフィルムと熱可塑性アクリル樹脂とを併用しても良い。併用する場合には、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂とセルロースエステル樹脂の含有質量比が、熱可塑性アクリル樹脂:セルロースエステル樹脂=95:5~50:50であることが好ましい。
(Thermoplastic acrylic resin)
A cellulose ester film and a thermoplastic acrylic resin may be used in combination. When used in combination, the mass ratio of the thermoplastic acrylic resin and the cellulose ester resin is preferably thermoplastic acrylic resin: cellulose ester resin = 95: 5 to 50:50.
 アクリル樹脂には、メタクリル樹脂も含まれる。アクリル樹脂としては、特に制限されるものではないが、メチルメタクリレート単位50~99質量%、及びこれと共重合可能な他の単量体単位1~50質量%からなるものが好ましい。共重合可能な他の単量体としては、アルキル数の炭素数が2~18のアルキルメタクリレート、アルキル数の炭素数が1~18のアルキルアクリレート、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸等のα,β-不飽和酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和基含有二価カルボン酸、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等のα,β-不飽和ニトリル、無水マレイン酸、マレイミド、N-置換マレイミド、グルタル酸無水物等が挙げられ、これらは単独あるいは2種以上を併用してよい。 Acrylic resin includes methacrylic resin. The acrylic resin is not particularly limited but is preferably composed of 50 to 99% by mass of methyl methacrylate units and 1 to 50% by mass of other monomer units copolymerizable therewith. Examples of other copolymerizable monomers include alkyl methacrylates having 2 to 18 alkyl carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl acrylates such as acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as saturated acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and α-methylstyrene, α, β-unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, Examples thereof include maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 これらの中でも、共重合体の耐熱分解性や流動性の観点から、メチルアクリレート、エチルアクリレート、n-プロピルアクリレート、n-ブチルアクリレート、s-ブチルアクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート等が好ましく、メチルアクリレートやn-ブチルアクリレートが特に好ましく用いられる。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は80000~500000であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは110000~500000の範囲内である。 Among these, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of thermal decomposition resistance and fluidity of the copolymer. n-Butyl acrylate is particularly preferably used. Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 80,000 to 500,000, more preferably 110,000 to 500,000.
 アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーにより測定することができる。アクリル樹脂の市販品としては、例えばデルペット60N、80N(旭化成ケミカルズ(株)製)、ダイヤナールBR52、BR80、BR83、BR85、BR88(三菱レイヨン(株)製)、KT75(電気化学工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。アクリル樹脂は2種以上を併用することもできる。 The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin can be measured by gel permeation chromatography. Commercially available acrylic resins include, for example, Delpet 60N, 80N (Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), KT75 (Electrochemical Industry Co., Ltd.) )) And the like. Two or more acrylic resins can be used in combination.
 (微粒子)
 本実施形態のセルロースエステルフィルムには、取扱性を向上させるため、例えばアクリル粒子、二酸化ケイ素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、カオリン、タルク、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム、リン酸カルシウム等の無機微粒子や架橋高分子などのマット剤を含有させることが好ましい。またアクリル粒子は、特に限定されるものではないが、多層構造アクリル系粒状複合体であることが好ましい。これらの中でも、二酸化ケイ素がセルロースエステルフィルムのヘイズを小さくできる点で好ましい。微粒子の1次平均粒子径としては、20nm以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは、5~16nmの範囲内であり、特に好ましくは、5~12nmの範囲内である。
(Fine particles)
In order to improve the handleability, the cellulose ester film of the present embodiment has, for example, acrylic particles, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, and hydrated calcium silicate. It is preferable to contain a matting agent such as inorganic fine particles such as aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate and a crosslinked polymer. The acrylic particles are not particularly limited, but are preferably multi-layered acrylic granular composites. Among these, silicon dioxide is preferable in that the haze of the cellulose ester film can be reduced. The primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably in the range of 5 to 16 nm, and particularly preferably in the range of 5 to 12 nm.
 本実施形態のセルロースアセテートフィルムは、環境変化での寸法安定性から、下記一般式(X)で表されるエステル化合物又は糖エステルを含有することが好ましい。先ずは、一般式(X)で表されるエステル化合物について説明する。 The cellulose acetate film of the present embodiment preferably contains an ester compound or a sugar ester represented by the following general formula (X) from the dimensional stability under environmental changes. First, the ester compound represented by the general formula (X) will be described.
 一般式(X)B-(G-A)n-G-B
(式中、Bはヒドロキシ基又はカルボン酸残基、Gは炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール残基又は炭素数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール残基、Aは炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸残基又は炭素数6~12のアリールジカルボン酸残基を表す。nは1以上の整数を表す。)
Formula (X) B- (GA) n-GB
Wherein B is a hydroxy group or carboxylic acid residue, G is an alkylene glycol residue having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl glycol residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an oxyalkylene glycol residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. A represents an alkylene dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.)
 一般式(X)において、炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコール成分としては、エチレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(ネオペンチルグリコール)、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールペンタン)、2-n-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールヘプタン)、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、1,12-オクタデカンジオール等があり、これらのグリコールは、1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用される。特に炭素数2~12のアルキレングリコールがセルロースアセテートとの相溶性に優れているため、特に好ましい。炭素数6~12のアリールグリコール成分としては、例えば、ハイドロキノン、レゾルシン、ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールF、ビスフェノール等があり、これらのグリコールは、1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用できる。 In the general formula (X), the alkylene glycol component having 2 to 12 carbon atoms includes ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolheptane), 3-methyl 1,5-pentanediol 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl 1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-octadecanediol, and the like. Or it is used as a mixture of two or more. In particular, alkylene glycols having 2 to 12 carbon atoms are particularly preferable because of excellent compatibility with cellulose acetate. Examples of the aryl glycol component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include hydroquinone, resorcin, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol and the like, and these glycols can be used as one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds.
 また、炭素数4~12のオキシアルキレングリコール成分としては、例えば、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール等があり、これらのグリコールは、1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用できる。炭素数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸成分としては、例えば、コハク酸、マレイン酸、フマール酸、グルタール酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、ドデカンジカルボン酸等があり、これらは、それぞれ1種又は2種以上の混合物として使用される。炭素数6~12のアリーレンジカルボン酸成分としては、フタル酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、1,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,4-ナフタレンジカルボン酸等がある。以下に、一般式(X)で表される化合物の具体例(化合物X-1~化合物X-17)を示すが、これに限定されない。 Examples of the oxyalkylene glycol component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol. These glycols may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Can be used as a mixture. Examples of the alkylene dicarboxylic acid component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms include succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, and the like. Used as a mixture of two or more. Examples of the arylene dicarboxylic acid component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and the like. Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (X) (compound X-1 to compound X-17) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010


 次に、糖エステル化合物について説明する。糖エステル化合物としては、セルロースエステル以外のエステルであって、下記単糖、二糖、三糖又はオリゴ糖などの糖のOH基の全て若しくは一部をエステル化した化合物である。糖としては例えば、グルコース、ガラクトース、マンノース、フルクトース、キシロース、アラビノース、ラクトース、スクロース、ニストース、1F-フラクトシルニストース、スタキオース、マルチトール、ラクチトール、ラクチュロース、セロビオース、マルトース、セロトリオース、マルトトリオース、ラフィノース及びケストースを挙げることができる。このほか、ゲンチオビオース、ゲンチオトリオース、ゲンチオテトラオース、キシロトリオース、ガラクトシルスクロースなども挙げられる。これらの化合物の中で、特にフラノース構造及び/又はピラノース構造を有する化合物が好ましい。これらの中でも、スクロース、ケストース、ニストース、1F-フラクトシルニストース、スタキオースなどが好ましく、さらに好ましくは、スクロースである。また、オリゴ糖として、マルトオリゴ糖、イソマルトオリゴ糖、フラクトオリゴ糖、ガラクトオリゴ糖、キシロオリゴ糖も好ましく使用することができる。 Next, the sugar ester compound will be described. The sugar ester compound is an ester other than cellulose ester, and is a compound obtained by esterifying all or a part of OH groups of sugars such as the following monosaccharide, disaccharide, trisaccharide or oligosaccharide. Examples of the sugar include glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, arabinose, lactose, sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose And kestose. In addition, gentiobiose, gentiotriose, gentiotetraose, xylotriose, galactosyl sucrose, and the like are also included. Among these compounds, compounds having a furanose structure and / or a pyranose structure are particularly preferable. Among these, sucrose, kestose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose and the like are preferable, and sucrose is more preferable. As oligosaccharides, maltooligosaccharides, isomaltooligosaccharides, fructooligosaccharides, galactooligosaccharides, and xylo-oligosaccharides can also be preferably used.
 糖をエステル化するのに用いられるモノカルボン酸は、特に制限はなく、公知の脂肪族モノカルボン酸、脂環族モノカルボン酸、芳香族モノカルボン酸等を用いることができる。使用するカルボン酸は1種類でもよいし、2種以上の混合であってもよい。好ましい脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、イソ酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、エナント酸、カプリル酸、ペラルゴン酸、カプリン酸、2-エチル-ヘキサンカルボン酸、ウンデシル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデシル酸、ミリスチン酸、ペンタデシル酸、パルミチン酸、ヘプタデシル酸、ステアリン酸、ノナデカン酸、アラキン酸、ベヘン酸、リグノセリン酸、セロチン酸、ヘプタコサン酸、モンタン酸、メリシン酸、ラクセル酸等の飽和脂肪酸、ウンデシレン酸、オレイン酸、ソルビン酸、リノール酸、リノレン酸、アラキドン酸、オクテン酸等の不飽和脂肪酸等を挙げることができる。好ましい脂環族モノカルボン酸の例としては、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロオクタンカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができる。好ましい芳香族モノカルボン酸の例としては、安息香酸、安息香酸のベンゼン環にアルキル基、アルコキシ基を導入した芳香族モノカルボン酸、ケイ皮酸、ベンジル酸、ビフェニルカルボン酸、ナフタリンカルボン酸、テトラリンカルボン酸等のベンゼン環を2個以上有する芳香族モノカルボン酸、又はそれらの誘導体を挙げることができ、より具体的には、キシリル酸、ヘメリト酸、メシチレン酸、プレーニチル酸、γ-イソジュリル酸、ジュリル酸、メシト酸、α-イソジュリル酸、クミン酸、α-トルイル酸、ヒドロアトロパ酸、アトロパ酸、ヒドロケイ皮酸、サリチル酸、o-、m、p-アニス酸、クレオソート酸、o-、m、p-ホモサリチル酸、o-ピロカテク酸、β-レソルシル酸、バニリン酸、イソバニリン酸、ベラトルム酸、o-ベラトルム酸、没食子酸、アサロン酸、マンデル酸、ホモアニス酸、ホモバニリン酸、ホモベラトルム酸、o-ホモベラトルム酸、フタロン酸、p-クマル酸を挙げることができるが、特に安息香酸が好ましい。エステル化したエステル化合物の中では、エステル化によりアセチル基が導入されたアセチル化合物が好ましい。以下に本実施形態に用いられ得る糖エステル化合物の具体例を示すが、これらに限定されない。 The monocarboxylic acid used for esterifying the sugar is not particularly limited, and known aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid and the like can be used. The carboxylic acid to be used may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid , Saturated fatty acids such as tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laccelic acid, Examples include unsaturated fatty acids such as undecylenic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid and octenoic acid. Examples of preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acids include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid, or derivatives thereof. Examples of preferred aromatic monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acids having an alkyl group or alkoxy group introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, benzylic acid, biphenylcarboxylic acid, naphthalenecarboxylic acid, tetralin An aromatic monocarboxylic acid having two or more benzene rings such as carboxylic acid, or a derivative thereof can be mentioned, and more specifically, xylic acid, hemelic acid, mesitylene acid, planicylic acid, γ-isojurylic acid, Julylic acid, mesitic acid, α-isoduric acid, cumic acid, α-toluic acid, hydroatropic acid, atropic acid, hydrocinnamic acid, salicylic acid, o-, m, p-anisic acid, creosote acid, o-, m, p-homosalicylic acid, o-pyrocatechuic acid, β-resorcylic acid, vanillic acid, isovanillic acid, veratrum acid o- veratric acid, gallic acid, asarone acid, mandelic acid, homoanisic acid, homovanillic acid, homoveratric acid, o- homoveratric acid, Futaron acid, can be mentioned p- coumaric acid, especially benzoic acid. Among the ester compounds esterified, an acetyl compound into which an acetyl group has been introduced by esterification is preferable. Although the specific example of the sugar ester compound which can be used for this embodiment below is shown, it is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015


 糖エステル化合物は、一般式(Y)で示される化合物が好ましい。以下に、一般式(Y)で示される化合物について説明する。 The sugar ester compound is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (Y). Below, the compound shown by general formula (Y) is demonstrated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016



(式中、R~Rは、水素原子、置換若しくは無置換の炭素数2~22のアルキルカルボニル基、あるいは、置換又は無置換の炭素数2~22のアリールカルボニル基を表し、R~Rは、同じであっても、異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016



(Wherein, R 1 ~ R 8 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms, R 1 R 8 may be the same or different.
 以下に一般式(Y)で示される化合物をより具体的(化合物Y-1~化合物Y-23)に示すが、これらに限定はされない。なお、下表において平均置換度が8.0未満の場合、R~Rのうちのいずれかは水素原子を表す。 The compounds represented by formula (Y) are shown below in more detail (compound Y-1 to compound Y-23), but are not limited thereto. In the table below, when the average degree of substitution is less than 8.0, any one of R 1 to R 8 represents a hydrogen atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019


 置換度分布については、エステル化反応時間の調節、又は置換度違いの化合物を混合することにより、目的の置換度に調整できる。 The substitution degree distribution can be adjusted to the target substitution degree by adjusting the esterification reaction time or mixing compounds with different substitution degrees.
 一般式(X)で表されるエステル化合物又は糖エステル化合物は、セルロースアセテートフィルムに、1~30質量%含有させることが好ましく、5~25質量%含有させることがより好ましく、5~20質量%含有させることが特に好ましい。 The ester compound or sugar ester compound represented by the general formula (X) is preferably contained in the cellulose acetate film in an amount of 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 25% by mass. It is particularly preferable to contain it.
 (その他の添加剤)
 〔可塑剤〕
 本実施形態のセルロースアセテートフィルムは、可塑剤を含有している。可塑剤としては、特に限定されないが、多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤、グリコレート系可塑剤、フタル酸エステル系可塑剤、リン酸エステル系可塑剤、及び多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤、アクリル系可塑剤等が挙げられる。これらの中では、後述する混合層の形成を助長する可塑剤として、フタル酸エステル系可塑剤やリン酸エステル系可塑剤を用いることが好ましく、中でも、リン酸エステル系可塑剤を用いることが好ましい。
(Other additives)
[Plasticizer]
The cellulose acetate film of this embodiment contains a plasticizer. The plasticizer is not particularly limited, but is a polyvalent carboxylic ester plasticizer, glycolate plasticizer, phthalate ester plasticizer, phosphate ester plasticizer, and polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer, acrylic. A plasticizer etc. are mentioned. In these, as a plasticizer which promotes formation of the mixed layer mentioned later, it is preferable to use a phthalate ester plasticizer or a phosphate ester plasticizer, and among these, it is preferable to use a phosphate ester plasticizer. .
 多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤は、2価以上の脂肪族多価アルコールとモノカルボン酸のエステルよりなる可塑剤であり、分子内に芳香環又はシクロアルキル環を有することが好ましい。好ましくは2~20価の脂肪族多価アルコールエステルである。以下に、多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤の具体的例を示すがこれらに限定されるものではない。 The polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer is a plasticizer composed of an ester of a divalent or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, and preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule. A divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyhydric alcohol ester is preferred. Specific examples of the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021


 グリコレート系可塑剤としては、特に限定されないが、アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類が好ましく用いることができる。アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類としては、例えばメチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルエチルグリコレート(EPEG)、プロピルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、メチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、メチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、プロピルフタリルブチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、メチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルエチルグリコレート等が挙げられる。 The glycolate plasticizer is not particularly limited, but alkylphthalylalkyl glycolates can be preferably used. Examples of alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate (EPEG), propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, methyl Phthalyl ethyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalate Butyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, Chill phthalyl ethyl glycolate, and the like.
 フタル酸エステル系可塑剤としては、ジエチルフタレート(DEP)、ジメトキシエチルフタレート、ジメチルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジブチルフタレート、ジ-2-エチルヘキシルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルテレフタレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the phthalate ester plasticizer include diethyl phthalate (DEP), dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, and dicyclohexyl terephthalate.
 リン酸エステル系可塑剤としては、トリフェニルホスフェート(TPP)、トリクレジルホスフェート、クレジルジフェニルホスフェート、オクチルジフェニルホスフェート、ジフェニルビフェニルホスフェート、トリオクチルホスフェート、トリブチルホスフェート、ビフェニルジフェニルホスフェート(BDP)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the phosphate ester plasticizer include triphenyl phosphate (TPP), tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, biphenyl diphenyl phosphate (BDP), and the like. It is done.
 多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤は2価以上、好ましくは2価~20価の多価カルボン酸とアルコールのエステルよりなる化合物である。具体例としては、トリエチルシトレート、トリブチルシトレート、アセチルトリエチルシトレート(ATEC)、アセチルトリブチルシトレート(ATBC)、ベンゾイルトリブチルシトレート、アセチルトリフェニルシトレート、アセチルトリベンジルシトレート、酒石酸ジブチル、酒石酸ジアセチルジブチル、トリメリット酸トリブチル、ピロメリット酸テトラブチル等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 The polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer is a compound composed of an ester of a divalent or higher, preferably a divalent to 20-valent polyvalent carboxylic acid and an alcohol. Specific examples include triethyl citrate, tributyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate (ATEC), acetyl tributyl citrate (ATBC), benzoyl tributyl citrate, acetyl triphenyl citrate, acetyl tribenzyl citrate, dibutyl tartrate, tartaric acid Examples include, but are not limited to, diacetyldibutyl, tributyl trimellitic acid, tetrabutyl pyromellitic acid, and the like.
 アクリル系可塑剤としてはアクリル系ポリマーが好ましく、アクリル系ポリマーはアクリル酸又はメタクリル酸アルキルエステルのホモポリマー又はコポリマーが好ましい。アクリル酸エステルのモノマーとしては、例えば、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、t-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ヘプチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸オクチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ノニル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ミリスチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸(2-エチルヘキシル)、アクリル酸(ε-カプロラクトン)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(4-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-メトキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-エトキシエチル)等、又は上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたものを挙げることができる。アクリル系ポリマーは上記モノマーのホモポリマー又はコポリマーであるが、アクリル酸メチルエステルモノマー単位が30質量%以上を有していることが好ましく、またメタクリル酸メチルエステルモノマー単位が40質量%以上有することが好ましい。特にアクリル酸メチル又はメタクリル酸メチルのホモポリマーが好ましい。 The acrylic plasticizer is preferably an acrylic polymer, and the acrylic polymer is preferably a homopolymer or copolymer of acrylic acid or alkyl methacrylate. Examples of the acrylate monomer include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-), pentyl acrylate ( n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n-, i-), nonyl acrylate (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid (ε-caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxypropyl), acrylic Acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-methoxyethyl), acrylic acid 2-ethoxyethyl), etc., or the acrylic acid ester may include those obtained by changing the methacrylic acid ester. The acrylic polymer is a homopolymer or copolymer of the above-mentioned monomers, but the acrylic acid methyl ester monomer unit preferably has 30% by mass or more, and the methacrylic acid methyl ester monomer unit has 40% by mass or more. preferable. In particular, a homopolymer of methyl acrylate or methyl methacrylate is preferred.
 (紫外線吸収剤)
 本実施形態のセルロースアセテートフィルムは、紫外線吸収剤を含有していてもよい。紫外線吸収剤は400nm以下の紫外線を吸収することため、耐久性を向上させるができる。紫外線吸収剤は、特に波長370nmでの透過率が10%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5%以下、更に好ましくは2%以下である。紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては特に限定されないが、例えば、オキシベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物、無機粉体等が挙げられる。
(UV absorber)
The cellulose acetate film of this embodiment may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Since the ultraviolet absorber absorbs ultraviolet rays of 400 nm or less, durability can be improved. In particular, the ultraviolet absorber preferably has a transmittance of 10% or less at a wavelength of 370 nm, more preferably 5% or less, and still more preferably 2% or less. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber are not particularly limited. For example, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, triazine compounds, nickel complex salts, inorganic powders. Examples include the body.
 より具体的には、例えば、5-クロロ-2-(3,5-ジ-sec-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、(2-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(直鎖及び側鎖ドデシル)-4-メチルフェノール、2-ヒドロキシ-4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン、2,4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン等を用いることができる。これらは、市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、BASFジャパン社製のチヌビン109、チヌビン171、チヌビン234、チヌビン326、チヌビン327、チヌビン328等のチヌビン類を好ましく使用できる。 More specifically, for example, 5-chloro-2- (3,5-di-sec-butyl-2-hydroxylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, (2-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6 -(Linear and side chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-benzyloxybenzophenone, and the like can be used. Commercially available products may be used. For example, TINUVIN such as TINUVIN 109, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 234, TINUVIN 326, TINUVIN 327, and TINUVIN 328 manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. can be preferably used.
 好ましく用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤であり、特に好ましくはベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤などである。 Preferably used ultraviolet absorbers are benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers, benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers, and triazine ultraviolet absorbers, and particularly preferably benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers and benzophenone ultraviolet absorbers.
 この他、1,3,5トリアジン環を有する化合物等の円盤状化合物も紫外線吸収剤として好ましく用いられる。また、紫外線吸収剤としては高分子紫外線吸収剤も好ましく用いることができ、特にポリマータイプの紫外線吸収剤が好ましく用いられる。 In addition, a discotic compound such as a compound having a 1,3,5 triazine ring is also preferably used as an ultraviolet absorber. As the UV absorber, a polymer UV absorber can be preferably used, and a polymer type UV absorber is particularly preferably used.
 ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤としては、市販品であるBASFジャパン社製のTINUVIN 109(オクチル-3-[3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネートと2-エチルヘキシル-3-[3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネートの混合物)、TINUVIN 928(2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール)などを用いることができる。トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤としては、市販品であるBASFジャパン社製のTINUVIN 400(2-(4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-5-ヒドロキシフェニルとオキシランとの反応生成物)、TINUVIN 460(2,4-ビス[2-ヒドロキシ-4-ブトキシフェニル]-6-(2,4-ジブトキシフェニル)-1,3-5-トリアジン)、TINUVIN 405(2-(2,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス-(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジンと(2-エチルヘキシル)-グリシド酸エステルの反応生成物)などを用いることができる。 As the benzotriazole ultraviolet absorber, TINUVIN 109 (octyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazole-2-) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., which is a commercial product, is available. Yl) phenyl] propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate), TINUVIN 928 (2 -(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6- (1-methyl-1-phenylethyl) -4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol) and the like can be used. As the triazine-based ultraviolet absorber, TINUVIN 400 (2- (4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) —manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.— Reaction product of 5-hydroxyphenyl and oxirane), TINUVIN 460 (2,4-bis [2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl] -6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3-5 Triazine), TINUVIN 405 (2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -4,6-bis- (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine and (2-ethylhexyl) -glycidic acid ester Reaction products) and the like.
 紫外線吸収剤の添加方法は、メタノール、エタノール、ブタノール等のアルコールやメチレンクロライド、酢酸メチル、アセトン、ジオキソラン等の有機溶媒あるいはこれらの混合溶媒に紫外線吸収剤を溶解してから、フィルム基材となる樹脂溶液(ドープ)に添加するか、又は直接ドープ組成中に添加してもよい。無機粉体のように有機溶剤に溶解しないものは、有機溶剤とセルロースアセテート中にディゾルバーやサンドミルを使用し、分散してからドープに添加する。 The ultraviolet absorber is added by dissolving the ultraviolet absorber in an alcohol, such as methanol, ethanol, butanol or the like, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone, dioxolane, or a mixed solvent thereof, and then becomes a film substrate. It may be added to the resin solution (dope) or directly during the dope composition. For an inorganic powder that does not dissolve in an organic solvent, a dissolver or a sand mill is used in the organic solvent and cellulose acetate to disperse and then added to the dope.
 紫外線吸収剤の使用量は、セルロースアセテートフィルムに対して0.5~10質量%が好ましく、0.6~4質量%が更に好ましい。 The amount of the ultraviolet absorber used is preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.6 to 4% by mass with respect to the cellulose acetate film.
 (酸化防止剤)
 本実施形態のセルロースアセテートフィルムは、さらに酸化防止剤(劣化防止剤)を含有していてもよい。酸化防止剤は、セルロースアセテートフィルム中の残留溶媒量のハロゲンやリン酸系可塑剤のリン酸等によりセルロースアセテートフィルムが分解するのを遅らせたり、防いだりする役割を有する。酸化防止剤としては、ヒンダードフェノール系の化合物が好ましく用いられ、例えば2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、トリエチレングリコール-ビス〔3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、1,6-ヘキサンジオール-ビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、2,4-ビス-(n-オクチルチオ)-6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルアニリノ)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,2-チオ-ジエチレンビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、N,N′-ヘキサメチレンビス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナマミド)、1,3,5-トリメチル-2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、トリス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-イソシアヌレート等を挙げることができる。これら化合物の添加量は、セルロースアセテートフィルムに対して、質量割合で1ppm~10000ppmが好ましく、10~1000ppmが更に好ましい。
(Antioxidant)
The cellulose acetate film of the present embodiment may further contain an antioxidant (deterioration inhibitor). The antioxidant has a role of delaying or preventing the cellulose acetate film from being decomposed by a residual solvent amount of halogen in the cellulose acetate film, phosphoric acid of a phosphoric acid plasticizer, or the like. As the antioxidant, hindered phenol compounds are preferably used. For example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl) are used. -4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis [3- (3 5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino) -1,3 5-triazine, 2,2-thio-diethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], octadecyl-3- 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, N, N'-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamamide), 1,3 5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, tris- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -isocyanurate Etc. The amount of these compounds added is preferably 1 ppm to 10000 ppm by weight and more preferably 10 to 1000 ppm with respect to the cellulose acetate film.
 (欠点)
 セルロースエステルフィルムは、直径5μm以上の欠点が1個/10cm四方以下であることが好ましい。更に好ましくは0.5個/10cm四方以下、一層好ましくは0.1個/10cm四方以下である。ここで、欠点とは、溶液製膜の乾燥工程において溶媒の急激な蒸発に起因して発生するフィルム中の空洞(発泡欠点)、製膜原液中の異物や製膜中に混入する異物に起因するフィルム中の異物(異物欠点)、ローラ傷の転写や擦り傷などを言う。また、欠点の直径とは、欠点が円形の場合はその直径を示し、円形でない場合は欠点の範囲を下記方法により顕微鏡で観察して決定し、その最大径(外接円の直径)とする。
(Disadvantage)
The cellulose ester film preferably has a defect of 5 μm or more in diameter of 1 piece / 10 cm square or less. More preferably, it is 0.5 piece / 10 cm square or less, more preferably 0.1 piece / 10 cm square or less. Here, defects are caused by voids in the film (foaming defects) generated due to rapid evaporation of the solvent in the drying process of solution casting, foreign substances in the film forming stock solution, and foreign substances mixed in the film forming process. This refers to foreign matter (foreign matter defect) in the film to be transferred, roller scratch transfer and scratches. The diameter of the defect indicates the diameter when the defect is circular, and when the defect is not circular, the range of the defect is determined by observing with a microscope according to the following method, and the maximum diameter (diameter of circumscribed circle) is determined.
 欠点の範囲は、欠点が気泡や異物の場合は、欠点を微分干渉顕微鏡の透過光で観察したときの影の大きさである。欠点が、ローラ傷の転写や擦り傷など、表面形状の変化の場合は、欠点を微分干渉顕微鏡の反射光で観察してその大きさを確認できる。 The range of the defect is the size of the shadow when the defect is observed with the transmitted light of the differential interference microscope when the defect is a bubble or a foreign object. When the defect is a change in surface shape, such as transfer of a roller scratch or an abrasion, the size of the defect can be confirmed by observing the defect with reflected light of a differential interference microscope.
 欠点の個数が1個/10cm四方より多いと、例えば後工程での加工時などでフィルムに張力がかかると、欠点を基点としてフィルムが破断して生産性が低下する場合がある。また、欠点の直径が5μm以上になると、偏光板観察などにより欠点を目視で確認でき、該フィルムを光学部材として用いたときに輝点が生じる場合がある。また、欠点を目視で確認できない場合でも、ハードコート層を形成したときに、塗膜が均一に形成できず、塗布抜けとなる場合がある。 When the number of defects is more than 1/10 cm square, for example, when a tension is applied to the film during processing in a later process, the film may be broken with the defect as a starting point and productivity may be reduced. When the defect diameter is 5 μm or more, the defect can be visually confirmed by polarizing plate observation or the like, and a bright spot may be generated when the film is used as an optical member. Even when the defects cannot be visually confirmed, when the hard coat layer is formed, the coating film may not be formed uniformly, and the coating may be lost.
 基材フィルムは、JIS-K7127-1999に準拠した測定において、少なくとも一方向の破断伸度が、10%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは20%以上である。破断伸度の上限は特に限定されるものではないが、現実的には250%程度である。破断伸度を大きくするには、異物や発泡に起因するフィルム中の欠点を抑制することが有効である。 The base film preferably has a breaking elongation in at least one direction of 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, as measured in accordance with JIS-K7127-1999. The upper limit of the elongation at break is not particularly limited, but is practically about 250%. In order to increase the elongation at break, it is effective to suppress defects in the film caused by foreign matter and foaming.
 (光学特性)
 セルロースエステルフィルムは、その全光線透過率が90%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは93%以上である。また、現実的な上限としては、99%程度である。ヘイズ値は2%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは1.5%以下である。全光線透過率、ヘイズ値はJIS K7361及びJIS K7136に準じて測定することができる。
(optical properties)
The cellulose ester film preferably has a total light transmittance of 90% or more, more preferably 93% or more. Moreover, as a realistic upper limit, it is about 99%. The haze value is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 1.5% or less. The total light transmittance and haze value can be measured according to JIS K7361 and JIS K7136.
 また、セルロースエステルフィルムの面内リターデーション値Roが0~5nm、厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rthが-20~20nmの範囲が好ましい。あるいは、面内リターデーション値Roが20~70nm、厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rthが70~400nmの光学補償フィルムとすることもできる。 The in-plane retardation value Ro of the cellulose ester film is preferably in the range of 0 to 5 nm, and the retardation value Rth in the thickness direction is preferably in the range of −20 to 20 nm. Alternatively, an optical compensation film having an in-plane retardation value Ro of 20 to 70 nm and a thickness direction retardation value Rth of 70 to 400 nm may be used.
 Ro及びRthは下記式(i)及び(ii)で定義された値である。 Ro and Rth are values defined by the following formulas (i) and (ii).
 式(i) Ro=(nx-ny)×d
 式(ii) Rth={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d
(式中、nxはセルロースエステルフィルム面内の遅相軸方向の屈折率、nyは基材フィルム面内で遅相軸に直交する方向の屈折率、nzはセルロースエステルフィルムの厚さ方向の屈折率、dはセルロースエステルフィルムの厚さ(nm)をそれぞれ表す。)
Formula (i) Ro = (nx−ny) × d
Formula (ii) Rth = {(nx + ny) / 2−nz} × d
(Where nx is the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the cellulose ester film plane, ny is the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the substrate film plane, and nz is the refractive index in the thickness direction of the cellulose ester film. The rate and d each represent the thickness (nm) of the cellulose ester film.)
 上記リターデーションは、例えばKOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器(株)製)を用い、23℃、55%RH(相対湿度)の環境下で、測定波長590nmで求めることができる。上記リターデーション値に制御したセルロースエステルフィルムを用いることで、タッチパネルや液晶表示装置などの画像表示装置に用いた際の視認性に優れる点から好ましい。リターデーションは、前述した可塑剤の種類や添加量及びセルロースエステルフィルムの膜厚や延伸条件等で調整できる。 The retardation can be obtained at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH (relative humidity) using, for example, KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). By using the cellulose ester film controlled to the above retardation value, it is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent visibility when used in an image display device such as a touch panel or a liquid crystal display device. Retardation can be adjusted by the kind and addition amount of a plasticizer mentioned above, the film thickness of a cellulose ester film, stretching conditions, and the like.
 (セルロースエステルフィルムの製膜)
 次に、セルロースエステルフィルムの製膜方法の例を説明するが、これに限定されるものではない。セルロースエステルフィルムの製膜方法としては、インフレーション法、T-ダイ法、カレンダー法、切削法、流延法、エマルジョン法、ホットプレス法等の製造法が使用できる。
(Film formation of cellulose ester film)
Next, although the example of the film forming method of a cellulose-ester film is demonstrated, it is not limited to this. As a method for producing a cellulose ester film, a production method such as an inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, a hot press method, or the like can be used.
 (有機溶媒)
 セルロースエステルフィルムを溶液流延製膜法で製造する場合の樹脂溶液(ドープ組成物)を形成するのに有用な有機溶媒は、セルロースエステル樹脂、その他の添加剤を同時に溶解するものであれば制限なく用いることができる。例えば、塩素系有機溶媒としては、塩化メチレン、非塩素系有機溶媒としては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸アミル、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,3-ジオキソラン、1,4-ジオキサン、シクロヘキサノン、ギ酸エチル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエタノール、2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-1-プロパノール、1,3-ジフルオロ-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-メチル-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-プロパノール、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロ-1-プロパノール、ニトロエタン、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、iso-プロパノール、n-ブタノール、sec-ブタノール、tert-ブタノール等を挙げることができ、塩化メチレン、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、アセトンを好ましく使用し得る。前記溶媒はセルロースエステル樹脂、その他添加剤を計15~45質量%溶解させたドープ組成物であることが好ましい。
(Organic solvent)
The organic solvent useful for forming a resin solution (dope composition) when a cellulose ester film is produced by a solution casting method is limited as long as it dissolves a cellulose ester resin and other additives at the same time. Can be used without any problem. For example, as a chlorinated organic solvent, methylene chloride, as a non-chlorinated organic solvent, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, etc. Can, methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, may be used preferably acetone. The solvent is preferably a dope composition in which a total of 15 to 45 mass% of cellulose ester resin and other additives are dissolved.
 〔溶液流延製膜法〕
 溶液流延製膜法では、樹脂及び添加剤を溶剤に溶解させてドープを調製する工程、ドープをベルト状若しくはドラム状の金属支持体上に流延する工程、流延したドープをウェブとして乾燥する工程、金属支持体からウェブを剥離する工程、剥離したウェブを延伸又は幅保持する工程、更に乾燥する工程、仕上がったセルロースエステルフィルムを巻き取る工程により行われる。
[Solution casting film forming method]
In the solution casting film forming method, a step of preparing a dope by dissolving a resin and an additive in a solvent, a step of casting the dope on a belt-shaped or drum-shaped metal support, and drying the cast dope as a web It is performed by the process of carrying out, the process of peeling the web from the metal support, the process of stretching or maintaining the width of the peeled web, the process of further drying, and the process of winding up the finished cellulose ester film.
 金属支持体としては、ステンレススティールベルト若しくは鋳物で表面をメッキ仕上げしたドラムが好ましく用いられる。 As the metal support, a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used.
 キャストの幅は1~4mとすることができる。流延工程の金属支持体の表面温度は-50℃~溶剤が沸騰して発泡しない温度以下に設定される。温度が高い方がウェブの乾燥速度が速くできるので好ましいが、余り高すぎるとウェブが発泡したり、平面性が劣化する場合がある。 The cast width can be 1 ~ 4m. The surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is set to −50 ° C. to below the temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam. A higher temperature is preferred because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam or the flatness may deteriorate.
 支持体温度は、0~100℃で適宜決定されるのが好ましく、5~30℃が更に好ましい。又は、冷却することによってウェブをゲル化させて残留溶媒を多く含んだ状態でドラムから剥離することも好ましい方法である。金属支持体の温度を制御する方法は特に制限されないが、温風又は冷風を吹きかける方法や、温水を金属支持体の裏側に接触させる方法がある。温水を用いる方が熱の伝達が効率的に行われるため、金属支持体の温度が一定になるまでの時間が短く好ましい。 The support temperature is preferably determined appropriately from 0 to 100 ° C., more preferably from 5 to 30 ° C. Alternatively, it is also a preferable method that the web is gelled by cooling and peeled from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent. The method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short.
 温風を用いる場合は、溶媒の蒸発潜熱によるウェブの温度低下を考慮して、溶媒の沸点以上の温風を使用しつつ、発泡も防ぎながら目的の温度よりも高い温度の風を使う場合がある。 When using warm air, considering the temperature drop of the web due to the latent heat of vaporization of the solvent, while using warm air above the boiling point of the solvent, there is a case where wind at a temperature higher than the target temperature is used while preventing foaming. is there.
 特に、流延から剥離するまでの間で支持体の温度及び乾燥風の温度を変更し、効率的に乾燥を行うことが好ましい。 In particular, it is preferable to efficiently dry by changing the temperature of the support and the temperature of the drying air during the period from casting to peeling.
 セルロースエステルフィルムが良好な平面性を得るためには、金属支持体からウェブを剥離する際の残留溶媒量が10~150質量%であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは20~40質量%又は60~130質量%であり、特に好ましくは、20~30質量%又は70~120質量%である。残留溶媒量は下記式で定義される。
  残留溶媒量(質量%)={(M-N)/N}×100
 なお、Mはウェブ又はフィルムを製造中又は製造後の任意の時点で採取した試料の質量で、NはMを115℃で1時間の加熱後の質量である。
In order for the cellulose ester film to obtain good flatness, the residual solvent amount when peeling the web from the metal support is preferably 10 to 150% by mass, more preferably 20 to 40% by mass or 60 to 60%. It is 130% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 30% by mass or 70 to 120% by mass. The amount of residual solvent is defined by the following formula.
Residual solvent amount (% by mass) = {(MN) / N} × 100
Note that M is the mass of a sample collected during or after the production of the web or film, and N is the mass after heating M at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
 また、セルロースエステルフィルムの乾燥工程は、ウェブを金属支持体より剥離し、乾燥し、残留溶媒量を1質量%以下にすることが好ましく、更に好ましくは0.1質量%以下であり、特に好ましくは0~0.01質量%以下である。 Further, in the drying step of the cellulose ester film, the web is peeled off from the metal support and dried, and the residual solvent amount is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably. Is 0 to 0.01% by mass or less.
 フィルム乾燥工程では、一般にローラ乾燥方式(上下に配置した多数のローラにウェブを交互に通して乾燥する方式)や、テンター方式(テンターでウェブを搬送しながら乾燥する方式)が採られる。 In the film drying step, a roller drying method (a method in which webs are alternately passed through a plurality of rollers arranged above and below) and a tenter method (a method in which the web is dried while transporting the web) are employed.
 延伸工程では、フィルムの長手方向(MD方向)、及び幅手方向(TD方向)に対して、逐次又は同時に延伸することができる。互いに直交する2軸方向の延伸倍率は、それぞれ最終的にはMD方向に1.0~2.0倍、TD方向に1.05~2.0倍の範囲とすることが好ましく、MD方向に1.0~1.5倍、TD方向に1.05~2.0倍の範囲で行うことが好ましい。例えば、複数のローラに周速差をつけ、その間でローラ周速差を利用してMD方向に延伸する方法、ウェブの両端をクリップやピンで固定し、クリップやピンの間隔を進行方向に広げてMD方向に延伸する方法、同様に横方向に広げてTD方向に延伸する方法、あるいはMD方向及びTD方向を同時に広げて両方向に延伸する方法等が挙げられる。 In the stretching step, the film can be sequentially or simultaneously stretched in the longitudinal direction (MD direction) and the lateral direction (TD direction). The draw ratios in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other are preferably in the range of 1.0 to 2.0 times in the MD direction and 1.05 to 2.0 times in the TD direction, respectively. It is preferably performed in the range of 1.0 to 1.5 times and 1.05 to 2.0 times in the TD direction. For example, a method of making a difference in peripheral speed between a plurality of rollers and stretching in the MD direction using the difference in peripheral speed of the roller between them, fixing both ends of the web with clips and pins, and widening the interval between the clips and pins in the traveling direction And a method of stretching in the MD direction, a method of stretching in the transverse direction and stretching in the TD direction, a method of stretching the MD direction and the TD direction at the same time, and stretching in both directions.
 製膜工程のこれらの幅保持あるいは幅手方向の延伸は、テンターによって行うことが好ましい。この場合のテンターは、ピンテンターでもクリップテンターでもよい。 It is preferable to perform the width maintenance or the stretching in the width direction in the film forming process by a tenter. The tenter in this case may be a pin tenter or a clip tenter.
 テンター等による製膜工程でのフィルム搬送張力は、温度にもよるが、120~200N/mが好ましく、140~200N/mが更に好ましく、140~160N/mが最も好ましい。 The film transport tension in the film forming process using a tenter or the like is preferably 120 to 200 N / m, more preferably 140 to 200 N / m, and most preferably 140 to 160 N / m, although it depends on the temperature.
 延伸する際の温度は、セルロースエステルフィルムのガラス転移温度をTgとすると(Tg-30)~(Tg+100)℃、より好ましくは(Tg-20)~(Tg+80)℃、更に好ましく(Tg-5)~(Tg+20)℃である。 The stretching temperature is (Tg-30) to (Tg + 100) ° C., more preferably (Tg-20) to (Tg + 80) ° C., more preferably (Tg-5), where Tg is the glass transition temperature of the cellulose ester film. ~ (Tg + 20) ° C.
 セルロースエステルフィルムのTgは、フィルムを構成する材料種及び構成する材料の比率によって制御することができる。セルロースエステルフィルムの乾燥時のTgは、110℃以上であることが好ましく、120℃以上であることがさらに好ましく、150℃以上であることが特に好ましい。また、ガラス転移温度は190℃以下、より好ましくは170℃以下であることが好ましい。セルロースエステルフィルムのTgはJIS K7121に記載の方法等によって求めることができる。延伸する際の温度は、150℃以上、延伸倍率は1.15倍以上にすると、表面が適度に粗れるため、好ましい。セルロースエステルフィルムの表面を粗らすことにより、滑り性が向上するとともに、表面加工性が向上するため好ましい。 The Tg of the cellulose ester film can be controlled by the material type constituting the film and the ratio of the constituting materials. The Tg when the cellulose ester film is dried is preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 150 ° C. or higher. The glass transition temperature is preferably 190 ° C. or lower, more preferably 170 ° C. or lower. The Tg of the cellulose ester film can be determined by the method described in JIS K7121. The stretching temperature is preferably 150 ° C. or more and the stretching ratio is 1.15 times or more because the surface is appropriately roughened. Roughening the surface of the cellulose ester film is preferable because it improves slipperiness and improves surface processability.
 〔溶融流延製膜法〕
 セルロースエステルフィルムは、溶融流延製膜法によって製膜しても良い。溶融流延製膜法は、セルロースエステル樹脂、可塑剤等のその他の添加剤を含む組成物を、流動性を示す温度まで加熱溶融し、その後、流動性のセルロースエステルを含む溶融物を流延することをいう。
[Melt casting method]
The cellulose ester film may be formed by a melt casting film forming method. In the melt casting film forming method, a composition containing other additives such as a cellulose ester resin and a plasticizer is heated and melted to a temperature showing fluidity, and then a melt containing the fluid cellulose ester is cast. To do.
 溶融流延製膜法としては、機械的強度及び表面精度等の点から、溶融押出し法が好ましい。溶融押出しに用いる複数の原材料は、通常予め混錬してペレット化しておくことが好ましい。 As the melt casting film forming method, the melt extrusion method is preferable from the viewpoint of mechanical strength and surface accuracy. It is preferable that a plurality of raw materials used for melt extrusion are usually kneaded in advance and pelletized.
 ペレット化は、公知の方法でよく、例えば、乾燥セルロースエステルや可塑剤、その他添加剤をフィーダーで押出し機に供給し、1軸や2軸の押出し機を用いて混錬し、ダイからストランド状に押出し、水冷又は空冷し、カッティングすることでできる。 Pelletization may be performed by a known method, for example, dry cellulose ester, plasticizer, and other additives are fed to an extruder with a feeder, kneaded using a monoaxial or biaxial extruder, and formed into a strand from a die. Can be extruded, water-cooled or air-cooled, and then cut.
 添加剤は、押出し機に供給する前に混合しておいてもよいし、それぞれ個別のフィーダーで供給してもよい。粒子や酸化防止剤等の少量の添加剤は、均一に混合するため、事前に混合しておくことが好ましい。 Additives may be mixed before being supplied to the extruder, or may be supplied by individual feeders. A small amount of additives such as particles and antioxidants are preferably mixed in advance in order to mix uniformly.
 押出し機は、剪断力を抑え、樹脂が劣化(分子量低下、着色、ゲル生成等)しないように、ペレット化できる程度になるべく低温で加工することが好ましい。例えば、2軸押出し機の場合、深溝タイプのスクリューを用いて、同方向に回転させることが好ましい。混錬の均一性から、噛み合いタイプが好ましい。 The extruder is preferably processed at a temperature as low as possible so that it can be pelletized so that the shearing force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.). For example, in the case of a twin screw extruder, it is preferable to rotate in the same direction using a deep groove type screw. From the uniformity of kneading, the meshing type is preferable.
 以上のようにして得られたペレットを用いてフィルム製膜を行う。勿論、ペレット化せず、原材料の粉末をそのままフィーダーで押出し機に供給し、そのままフィルム製膜することも可能である。 Film formation is performed using the pellets obtained as described above. Of course, it is also possible to feed the raw material powder as it is to the extruder with a feeder and form a film as it is without pelletization.
 上記ペレットを1軸や2軸タイプの押出し機を用いて押出す際の溶融温度を200~300℃程度とし、リーフディスクタイプのフィルター等で濾過し異物を除去した後、Tダイからフィルム状に流延し、冷却ローラと弾性タッチローラとでフィルムをニップし、冷却ローラ上で固化させることにより、セルロースエステルフィルムを製膜する。 When the above pellets are extruded using a single-screw or twin-screw type extruder, the melting temperature is set to about 200 to 300 ° C., filtered through a leaf disk type filter or the like to remove foreign matter, and then formed into a film from a T die. The cellulose ester film is formed by casting, nipping the film between the cooling roller and the elastic touch roller, and solidifying the film on the cooling roller.
 供給ホッパーから押出し機にペレットを導入する際は、真空下又は減圧下や不活性ガス雰囲気下にして酸化分解等を防止することが好ましい。 When introducing pellets from the supply hopper into the extruder, it is preferable to prevent oxidative decomposition and the like under vacuum, reduced pressure, or inert gas atmosphere.
 ペレットの押出し流量は、ギヤポンプを導入する等して安定に調整することが好ましい。また、異物の除去に用いるフィルターは、ステンレス繊維焼結フィルターが好ましく用いられる。ステンレス繊維焼結フィルターは、ステンレス繊維体を複雑に絡み合った状態を作り出した上で圧縮し接触箇所を焼結し一体化したもので、その繊維の太さと圧縮量により密度を変え、濾過精度を調整できる。 It is preferable to stably adjust the extrusion flow rate of the pellets by introducing a gear pump. Further, a stainless fiber sintered filter is preferably used as a filter used for removing foreign substances. The stainless steel fiber sintered filter is a united stainless steel fiber body that is intricately intertwined and compressed, and the contact points are sintered and integrated. The density of the fiber is changed depending on the thickness of the fiber and the amount of compression, and the filtration accuracy is improved. Can be adjusted.
 可塑剤や粒子等の添加剤は、予め樹脂と混合しておいてもよいし、押出し機の途中で練り込んでもよい。添加材を均一に添加するために、スタチックミキサー等の混合装置を用いることが好ましい。 Additives such as plasticizers and particles may be mixed with the resin in advance, or may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. In order to add the additive uniformly, it is preferable to use a mixing device such as a static mixer.
 冷却ローラと弾性タッチローラとでセルロースエステルフィルムをニップする際の、タッチローラ側のセルロースエステルフィルム温度は、フィルムのTg以上(Tg+110℃)以下にすることが好ましい。このような目的で使用する弾性体表面を有するローラとしては、公知のローラが使用できる。 When the cellulose ester film is nipped between the cooling roller and the elastic touch roller, the temperature of the cellulose ester film on the touch roller side is preferably Tg or more (Tg + 110 ° C.) or less of the film. A known roller can be used as the roller having an elastic surface used for such a purpose.
 弾性タッチローラは挟圧回転体ともいう。弾性タッチローラとしては、市販されているものを用いることもできる。 The elastic touch roller is also called a pinching rotator. A commercially available elastic touch roller can also be used.
 冷却ローラからセルロースエステルフィルムを剥離する際は、張力を制御してフィルムの変形を防止することが好ましい。 When peeling the cellulose ester film from the cooling roller, it is preferable to control the tension to prevent deformation of the film.
 また、上記のようにして得られたセルロースエステルフィルムは、冷却ローラに接する工程を通過後、前記延伸操作により延伸することが好ましい。延伸する方法は、公知のローラ延伸機やテンター等を好ましく用いることができる。延伸温度は、通常フィルムを構成する樹脂のTg~(Tg+60)℃の温度範囲で行われることが好ましい。 Moreover, it is preferable that the cellulose ester film obtained as described above is stretched by the stretching operation after passing through the step of contacting the cooling roller. As a stretching method, a known roller stretching machine, a tenter or the like can be preferably used. The stretching temperature is usually preferably in the temperature range of Tg to (Tg + 60) ° C. of the resin constituting the film.
 フィルムを巻き取る前に、製品となる幅に端部をスリットして裁ち落とし、巻き中の貼り付きや擦り傷防止のために、ナール加工(エンボッシング加工)を両端に施してもよい。ナール加工は、凹凸のパターンを側面に有する金属リングを用いて加熱や加圧をすることにより行うことができる。フィルム両端部のクリップの把持部分は、通常、セルロースエステルフィルムが変形しており製品として使用できないので、切除され、再利用される。 Before winding up the film, the edges may be slit and cut to the product width, and knurled (embossed) may be applied to both ends to prevent sticking and scratching during winding. The knurling can be performed by heating or pressurizing using a metal ring having an uneven pattern on the side surface. Since the cellulose ester film is deformed and cannot be used as a product, the clip holding portions at both ends of the film are usually cut out and reused.
 (セルロースエステルフィルムの物性)
 本実施形態におけるセルロースエステルフィルムの膜厚は、10μm以上30μm以下であることが望ましい。また、セルロースエステルフィルムの幅は、1~4mのものが好ましく用いられる。4mを超えると搬送が困難となる。
(Physical properties of cellulose ester film)
As for the film thickness of the cellulose-ester film in this embodiment, it is desirable that they are 10 micrometers or more and 30 micrometers or less. The width of the cellulose ester film is preferably 1 to 4 m. If it exceeds 4 m, conveyance becomes difficult.
 また、セルロースエステルフィルムの長さは、500~10000mが好ましく、より好ましくは1000~8000mである。前記長さの範囲とすることで、ハードコート層等の塗布における加工適正やセルロースエステルフィルム自体のハンドリング性に優れる。 Further, the length of the cellulose ester film is preferably 500 to 10000 m, more preferably 1000 to 8000 m. By setting it as the range of the said length, it is excellent in the processability in application | coating, such as a hard-coat layer, and the handleability of a cellulose-ester film itself.
 また、セルロースエステルフィルムの算術平均粗さRaは、好ましくは2~10nm、より好ましくは2~5nmである。算術平均粗さRaは、JIS B0601:1994に準じて測定できる。 The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the cellulose ester film is preferably 2 to 10 nm, more preferably 2 to 5 nm. The arithmetic average roughness Ra can be measured according to JIS B0601: 1994.
 また、セルロースエステルフィルムのアルカリ処理前の対水接触角は、40°~80°の範囲が一般的であり、好ましくは50℃~70°である。また、アルカリ処理後の対水接触角は、アルカリの処理条件にもよるが、10°~60°が一般的であり、好ましくは20°~60°である。なお、対水接触角は、前記ハードコート層の対水接触角の測定方法で記載した方法に準じて、測定した値である。 Further, the contact angle with water before the alkali treatment of the cellulose ester film is generally in the range of 40 ° to 80 °, preferably 50 ° to 70 °. The contact angle with water after the alkali treatment is generally 10 ° to 60 °, preferably 20 ° to 60 °, depending on the alkali treatment conditions. The water contact angle is a value measured according to the method described in the method for measuring the water contact angle of the hard coat layer.
 アルカリ処理によってハードコート層の対水接触角が低下して、セルロースエステルフィルムの対水接触角に近づくことで、親水性層同士の積層状態となり、巻ずれ防止効果が得られると推定している。アルカリ処理の方法としては、セルロースエステルフィルムをアルカリ溶液に浸潰した後、水洗して乾燥する。また、アルカリ処理後、酸性水工程で中和してから、水洗、及び乾燥を行ってもよい。 It is estimated that the water contact angle of the hard coat layer is lowered by the alkali treatment and approaches the water contact angle of the cellulose ester film, whereby the hydrophilic layers are laminated to each other, and an anti-winding effect is obtained. . As an alkali treatment method, the cellulose ester film is immersed in an alkali solution, washed with water and dried. Further, after the alkali treatment, neutralization in an acidic water step may be performed, followed by washing with water and drying.
 アルカリ溶液としては、水酸化カリウム溶液、水酸化ナトリウム溶液があげられ、水酸化イオンの濃度は,0.1~5mol/Lの範囲であることが好ましく、0.5mol/L~3mol/Lの範囲であることが更に好ましい。更には、アルカリ溶液の温度は25~90℃の範囲が好ましく、40~70℃の範囲が更に好ましい。アルカリ処理時間は5秒~5分の範囲、好ましくは30秒~3分の範囲である。 Examples of the alkaline solution include potassium hydroxide solution and sodium hydroxide solution, and the concentration of hydroxide ions is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 mol / L, preferably 0.5 mol / L to 3 mol / L. More preferably, it is in the range. Furthermore, the temperature of the alkaline solution is preferably in the range of 25 to 90 ° C, more preferably in the range of 40 to 70 ° C. The alkali treatment time is in the range of 5 seconds to 5 minutes, preferably in the range of 30 seconds to 3 minutes.
 <その他の層>
 本実施形態のハードコートフィルムが、タッチパネル部材における表示装置とは反対側の表面に設けられる場合には、ハードコートフィルムのハードコート層上に、反射防止層や導電性層等、その他の層を設けることができる。
<Other layers>
When the hard coat film of this embodiment is provided on the surface of the touch panel member opposite to the display device, other layers such as an antireflection layer and a conductive layer are provided on the hard coat layer of the hard coat film. Can be provided.
 〈反射防止層〉
 本実施形態のハードコートフィルムは、ハードコート層上に反射防止層を塗設することにより、外光反射防止機能を有する反射防止フィルムとして用いることができる。
<Antireflection layer>
The hard coat film of this embodiment can be used as an antireflection film having an external light antireflection function by coating an antireflection layer on the hard coat layer.
 反射防止層は、光学干渉によって反射率が減少するように屈折率、膜厚、層数、層順等を考慮して形成されていることが好ましい。反射防止層は、支持体である保護フィルムよりも屈折率の低い低屈折率層、若しくは支持体である保護フィルムよりも屈折率の高い高屈折率層と低屈折率層とを組み合わせて構成されていることが好ましい。特に好ましくは、3層以上の屈折率層から構成される反射防止層であり、支持体側から屈折率の異なる3層を、中屈折率層(支持体よりも屈折率が高く、高屈折率層よりも屈折率の低い層)/高屈折率層/低屈折率層の順に積層されているものが好ましく用いられる。又は、2層以上の高屈折率層と2層以上の低屈折率層とを交互に積層した4層以上の層構成の反射防止層も好ましく用いられる。層構成としては下記のような構成が考えられるが、これに限定されるものではない。 The antireflection layer is preferably formed in consideration of the refractive index, the film thickness, the number of layers, the layer order, and the like so that the reflectance is reduced by optical interference. The antireflection layer is composed of a low refractive index layer having a refractive index lower than that of the protective film as a support, or a combination of a high refractive index layer and a low refractive index layer having a higher refractive index than that of the protective film as a support. It is preferable. Particularly preferably, it is an antireflection layer composed of three or more refractive index layers, and three layers having different refractive indexes from the support side are divided into medium refractive index layers (high refractive index layers having a higher refractive index than the support). Are preferably laminated in the order of a layer having a lower refractive index) / a high refractive index layer / a low refractive index layer. Alternatively, an antireflection layer having a layer structure of four or more layers in which two or more high refractive index layers and two or more low refractive index layers are alternately laminated is also preferably used. As the layer structure, the following structure is conceivable, but is not limited thereto.
 セルロースエステルフィルム/ハードコート層/低屈折率層
 セルロースエステルフィルム/ハードコート層/高屈折率層/低屈折率層
 セルロースエステルフィルム/ハードコート層/中屈折率層/高屈折率層/低屈折率層
 ハードコート層/セルロースエステルフィルム/ハードコート層/低屈折率層
 ハードコート層/セルロースエステルフィルム/ハードコート層/高屈折率層/低屈折率層
 ハードコート層/セルロースエステルフィルム/ハードコート層/中屈折率層/高屈折率層/低屈折率層
 低屈折率層/ハードコート層/セルロースエステルフィルム/ハードコート層/低屈折率層
Cellulose ester film / hard coat layer / low refractive index layer Cellulose ester film / hard coat layer / high refractive index layer / low refractive index layer Cellulose ester film / hard coat layer / medium refractive index layer / high refractive index layer / low refractive index Layer hard coat layer / cellulose ester film / hard coat layer / low refractive index layer hard coat layer / cellulose ester film / hard coat layer / high refractive index layer / low refractive index layer hard coat layer / cellulose ester film / hard coat layer / Medium refractive index layer / High refractive index layer / Low refractive index layer Low refractive index layer / Hard coat layer / Cellulose ester film / Hard coat layer / Low refractive index layer
 (低屈折率層)
 低屈折率層は、シリカ系微粒子を含有することが好ましく、その屈折率は、23℃、波長550nm測定で、1.30~1.45の範囲であることが好ましい。
(Low refractive index layer)
The low refractive index layer preferably contains silica-based fine particles, and the refractive index is preferably in the range of 1.30 to 1.45 when measured at 23 ° C. and wavelength of 550 nm.
 低屈折率層の膜厚は、5nm~0.5μmの範囲内であることが好ましく、10nm~0.3μmの範囲内であることが更に好ましく、30nm~0.2μmの範囲内であることが最も好ましい。 The film thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably in the range of 5 nm to 0.5 μm, more preferably in the range of 10 nm to 0.3 μm, and in the range of 30 nm to 0.2 μm. Most preferred.
 低屈折率層形成用組成物については、シリカ系微粒子として、特に外殻層を有し内部が多孔質又は空洞の粒子を少なくとも1種類以上含むことが好ましい。特に該外殻層を有し内部が多孔質又は空洞である粒子が、中空シリカ系微粒子であることが好ましい。 The composition for forming a low refractive index layer preferably contains at least one kind of particles having an outer shell layer and porous or hollow inside as silica-based fine particles. In particular, the particles having the outer shell layer and porous or hollow inside are preferably hollow silica-based fine particles.
 なお、低屈折率層形成用組成物には、下記一般式(OSi-1)で表される有機珪素化合物若しくはその加水分解物、あるいは、その重縮合物を併せて含有させても良い。 The composition for forming a low refractive index layer may contain an organosilicon compound represented by the following general formula (OSi-1) or a hydrolyzate thereof, or a polycondensate thereof.
 一般式(OSi-1):Si(OR)
 式中、Rは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。一般式で表される有機珪素化合物としては、具体的には、テトラメトキシシラン、テトラエトキシシラン、テトライソプロポキシシラン等が好ましく用いられる。
General formula (OSi-1): Si (OR) 4
In the formula, R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane and the like are preferably used as the organosilicon compound represented by the general formula.
 他に溶剤、必要に応じて、シランカップリング剤、硬化剤、界面活性剤等を低屈折率層形成用組成物に添加してもよい。また、低屈折率層形成用組成物は、フッ素原子を35~80質量%の範囲で含み、且つ架橋性若しくは重合性の官能基を含む含フッ素化合物を主としてなる熱硬化性及び/又は光硬化性を有する化合物を含有しても良い。具体的には含フッ素ポリマー、あるいは含フッ素ゾルゲル化合物などである。含フッ素ポリマーとしては、例えばパーフルオロアルキル基含有シラン化合物〔例えば(ヘプタデカフルオロ-1,1,2,2-テトラヒドロデシル)トリエトキシシラン〕の加水分解物や脱水縮合物の他、含フッ素モノマー単位と架橋反応性単位とを構成単位とする含フッ素共重合体が挙げられる。 In addition, a solvent, and if necessary, a silane coupling agent, a curing agent, a surfactant and the like may be added to the composition for forming a low refractive index layer. The composition for forming a low refractive index layer is a thermosetting and / or photocuring mainly comprising a fluorine-containing compound containing a fluorine atom in a range of 35 to 80% by mass and containing a crosslinkable or polymerizable functional group. You may contain the compound which has property. Specifically, a fluorine-containing polymer or a fluorine-containing sol-gel compound is used. Examples of the fluorine-containing polymer include hydrolysates and dehydration condensates of perfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compounds [eg (heptadecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrodecyl) triethoxysilane], and fluorine-containing monomers. Examples thereof include fluorine-containing copolymers having units and cross-linking reactive units as constituent units.
 (高屈折率層)
 高屈折率層の屈折率については、23℃、波長550nm測定で、1.4~2.2の範囲に調整することが好ましい。また、高屈折率層の厚さは5nm~1μmが好ましく、10nm~0.2μmであることが更に好ましく、30nm~0.1μmであることが最も好ましい。
(High refractive index layer)
The refractive index of the high refractive index layer is preferably adjusted to a range of 1.4 to 2.2 by measurement at 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 550 nm. The thickness of the high refractive index layer is preferably 5 nm to 1 μm, more preferably 10 nm to 0.2 μm, and most preferably 30 nm to 0.1 μm.
 高屈折率層の屈折率の調整は、金属酸化物微粒子等を添加することで実現できる。用いる金属酸化物微粒子の屈折率は1.80~2.60であるものが好ましく、1.85~2.50であるものが更に好ましい。金属酸化物微粒子の種類は特に限定されるものではなく、Ti、Zr、Sn、Sb、Cu、Fe、Mn、Pb、Cd、As、Cr、Hg、Zn、Al、Mg、Si、P及びSから選択される少なくとも一種の元素を有する金属酸化物を用いることができる。 The adjustment of the refractive index of the high refractive index layer can be realized by adding metal oxide fine particles and the like. The metal oxide fine particles to be used preferably have a refractive index of 1.80 to 2.60, more preferably 1.85 to 2.50. The kind of metal oxide fine particles is not particularly limited, and Ti, Zr, Sn, Sb, Cu, Fe, Mn, Pb, Cd, As, Cr, Hg, Zn, Al, Mg, Si, P and S A metal oxide having at least one element selected from can be used.
 (導電性層)
 ハードコートフィルムは、ハードコート層上に導電性層を形成して構成されても良い。設けられる導電性層としては、一般的に広く知られた導電性材料を用いることができる。例えば、酸化インジウム、酸化錫、酸化インジウム錫、金、銀、パラジウム等の金属酸化物を用いることができる。これらは、真空蒸着法、スパッタリング法、イオンプレーティング法、溶液塗布法等により、ハードコートフィルム上に薄膜として形成することができる。また、前記したπ共役系導電性ポリマーである有機導電性材料を用いて、導電性層を形成することも可能である。
(Conductive layer)
The hard coat film may be configured by forming a conductive layer on the hard coat layer. As the conductive layer provided, a generally well-known conductive material can be used. For example, metal oxides such as indium oxide, tin oxide, indium tin oxide, gold, silver, and palladium can be used. These can be formed as a thin film on the hard coat film by vacuum deposition, sputtering, ion plating, solution coating, or the like. Moreover, it is also possible to form a conductive layer using the organic conductive material which is the above-described π-conjugated conductive polymer.
 特に、透明性、導電性に優れ、比較的低コストに得られる酸化インジウム、酸化錫又は酸化インジウム錫のいずれかを主成分とした導電性材料を好適に使用することができる。導電性層の厚さは、適用する材料によっても異なるため一概には言えないが、表面抵抗率で1000Ω以下、好ましくは500Ω以下になるような厚さであって、経済性をも考慮すると、10nm以上、好ましくは20nm以上、80nm以下、好ましくは70nm以下の範囲が好適である。このような薄膜においては導電性層の厚さムラに起因する可視光の干渉縞は発生しにくい。 In particular, a conductive material that is excellent in transparency and conductivity, and that has a main component of any one of indium oxide, tin oxide, and indium tin oxide obtained at a relatively low cost can be suitably used. Although the thickness of the conductive layer varies depending on the material to be applied, it cannot be said unconditionally. However, the surface resistivity is 1000Ω or less, preferably 500Ω or less, and considering the economy, A range of 10 nm or more, preferably 20 nm or more and 80 nm or less, preferably 70 nm or less is suitable. In such a thin film, visible light interference fringes due to uneven thickness of the conductive layer are unlikely to occur.
 <タッチパネル表示装置>
 次に、本実施形態のハードコートフィルムを有するタッチパネル表示装置について説明する。図1は、本実施形態のタッチパネル表示装置10の概略の構成を示す断面図である。タッチパネル表示装置10は、表示装置30の表面に本実施形態のハードコートフィルム40を介してタッチパネル部材20を接合して構成されている。なお、ハードコートフィルム40の詳細については後述する。また、同図では、タッチパネル部材20とハードコートフィルム40とを明確に区別するために、これらを離間して図示しているが、実際にはこれらを貼り合せた状態で使用される。
<Touch panel display device>
Next, a touch panel display device having the hard coat film of the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a touch panel display device 10 of the present embodiment. The touch panel display device 10 is configured by bonding the touch panel member 20 to the surface of the display device 30 via the hard coat film 40 of the present embodiment. Details of the hard coat film 40 will be described later. Further, in the same figure, in order to clearly distinguish the touch panel member 20 and the hard coat film 40 from each other, they are illustrated apart from each other, but actually, they are used in a state where they are bonded together.
 表示装置30は、画像を表示するものであり、液晶表示装置、有機EL(エレクトロルミネッセンス)表示装置、PDP(プラズマディスプレイパネル)等で構成される。視認性に優れる点では、本実施形態のハードコートフィルムを特に液晶表示装置に適用することが好ましい。液晶表示装置は、反射型、透過型、半透過型のいずれであってもよく、また、TN(Twisted Nematic)型、STN(Super Twisted Nematic)型、OCB(Optically Compensated Bend, Optically Compensated Birefringence)型、VA(Virtical Alignment)型、IPS(In-Plane Switching)型、ECB(Electrically Controlled Birefringence)型等のいずれの駆動方式を採用してもよい。 The display device 30 displays an image, and is composed of a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), or the like. In terms of excellent visibility, it is preferable to apply the hard coat film of this embodiment particularly to a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device may be any of a reflective type, a transmissive type, and a transflective type, and is also a TN (Twisted Nematic) type, STN (Super Twisted Nematic) type, OCB (Optically Compensated Bend, Optically Compensated Birefringence) type. Any driving method such as a VA (Virtical Alignment) type, an IPS (In-Plane Switching) type, or an ECB (Electrically Controlled Birefringence) type may be employed.
 タッチパネル部材20は、2枚の光透過性基材21・22のそれぞれの表面に、スズドープ酸化インジウム(ITO)からなる透明導電膜23・24を形成し、透明導電膜23・24が対向するように、スペーサー25を介して光透過性基材21・22を対向配置することで形成されている。タッチパネル部材20において表示装置30とは反対側の面、すなわち、光透過性基材21の入力操作側の面には、硬度および耐擦傷性を付与するためのハードコートフィルム26が設けられている。ハードコートフィルム26は、上述したように、セルロースエステルフィルム上にハードコート層を形成したもので構成可能である。 The touch panel member 20 forms transparent conductive films 23 and 24 made of tin-doped indium oxide (ITO) on the surfaces of the two light-transmitting substrates 21 and 22, respectively, so that the transparent conductive films 23 and 24 face each other. In addition, the light transmissive base materials 21 and 22 are arranged to face each other with a spacer 25 interposed therebetween. A hard coat film 26 for imparting hardness and scratch resistance is provided on the surface of the touch panel member 20 opposite to the display device 30, that is, the surface on the input operation side of the light transmissive substrate 21. . As described above, the hard coat film 26 can be configured by forming a hard coat layer on a cellulose ester film.
 上記の構成によれば、タッチパネル部材20の所定の位置を指やスタイラスペンで押圧することにより、押圧された入力操作側の透明導電膜23と表示装置30側の透明導電膜24とが接触する。したがって、透明導電膜23・24の接触位置(押圧された部分の位置)を検知することで、入力された情報を検知することができる。 According to the above configuration, when the predetermined position of the touch panel member 20 is pressed with a finger or a stylus pen, the pressed transparent conductive film 23 on the input operation side and the transparent conductive film 24 on the display device 30 side come into contact with each other. . Therefore, the input information can be detected by detecting the contact position (position of the pressed part) of the transparent conductive films 23 and 24.
 (表示装置側のハードコートフィルムについて)
 上記した表示装置30の画像表示側の基板表面には、ハードコートフィルム40が貼合されている。図2は、ハードコートフィルム40を拡大して示す断面図である。ハードコートフィルム40は、セルロースエステルフィルム41上に、ハードコート層形成用組成物を塗布し、該組成物を硬化させることによってハードコート層42が形成された光学フィルムである。セルロースエステルフィルム41およびハードコート層42の材料は、上述した通りである。本実施形態のハードコートフィルム40は、セルロースエステルフィルム41とハードコート層42との間に、混合層43を有している。
(About hard coat film on display side)
A hard coat film 40 is bonded to the substrate surface on the image display side of the display device 30 described above. FIG. 2 is an enlarged sectional view showing the hard coat film 40. The hard coat film 40 is an optical film in which a hard coat layer 42 is formed by applying a composition for forming a hard coat layer on a cellulose ester film 41 and curing the composition. The materials of the cellulose ester film 41 and the hard coat layer 42 are as described above. The hard coat film 40 of this embodiment has a mixed layer 43 between the cellulose ester film 41 and the hard coat layer 42.
 混合層43は、セルロースエステルフィルム41上にハードコート層42を形成する際に、塗布されたハードコート層形成用組成物に含まれる溶媒がセルロースエステルフィルム41に浸潤し、硬化までのプロセスにおいて両層が相溶してできる層であり、セルロースエステルフィルム41とハードコート層42とを混合した層である。この混合層43は、例えばハードコートフィルム40の切断面を、透過電子顕微鏡装置にて約1000~5000倍で撮像することにより、コントラストの差として視認することができる。透過電子顕微鏡装置としては、例えば日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製H-7650などが挙げられる。 When the hard coat layer 42 is formed on the cellulose ester film 41, the mixed layer 43 is infiltrated into the cellulose ester film 41 by the solvent contained in the applied hard coat layer forming composition. This is a layer formed by mixing the layers, and is a layer in which the cellulose ester film 41 and the hard coat layer 42 are mixed. This mixed layer 43 can be visually recognized as a difference in contrast, for example, by imaging the cut surface of the hard coat film 40 at a magnification of about 1000 to 5000 with a transmission electron microscope apparatus. Examples of the transmission electron microscope apparatus include H-7650 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.
 本実施形態では、混合層43の形成を助長する可塑剤として、フタル酸エステル系可塑剤やリン酸エステル系可塑剤がセルロースエステルフィルム41に含有されている。上記可塑剤をセルロースエステルフィルム41に添加することにより、混合層43の形成が助長されるので、上記可塑剤を添加しない場合に比べて、混合層43の厚みを増大させることができる。 In this embodiment, a phthalate ester plasticizer or a phosphate ester plasticizer is contained in the cellulose ester film 41 as a plasticizer for promoting the formation of the mixed layer 43. Since the formation of the mixed layer 43 is promoted by adding the plasticizer to the cellulose ester film 41, the thickness of the mixed layer 43 can be increased as compared with the case where the plasticizer is not added.
 また、本実施形態では、混合層43の形成を助長する可塑剤が、セルロースエステルフィルム41中に6重量%以上12重量%以下含有されており、しかも、セルロースエステルフィルム41におけるハードコート層42とは反対側よりも、ハードコート層42側に多く含有されている。上記可塑剤の含有量が下限を下回ると、混合層43の厚みを十分に増大させることが困難となる。逆に、上記可塑剤の含有量が上限を上回ると、混合層43の厚みが増大しすぎて、ハードコート層42が薄くなってしまい、ハードコート層42に必要最小限の硬さを付与することが困難となる。また、上記可塑剤がセルロースエステルフィルム41においてハードコート層42側に多く含有されていることにより、セルロースエステルフィルム41のハードコート層42側に、混合層43を効率よく形成することができる。 In the present embodiment, the plasticizer for promoting the formation of the mixed layer 43 is contained in the cellulose ester film 41 in an amount of 6 wt% to 12 wt%, and the hard coat layer 42 in the cellulose ester film 41 Is contained more on the hard coat layer 42 side than on the opposite side. When the content of the plasticizer is below the lower limit, it is difficult to sufficiently increase the thickness of the mixed layer 43. On the contrary, when the content of the plasticizer exceeds the upper limit, the thickness of the mixed layer 43 increases too much, and the hard coat layer 42 becomes thin, and the hard coat layer 42 is provided with the minimum necessary hardness. It becomes difficult. In addition, since the plasticizer is contained in a large amount on the hard coat layer 42 side in the cellulose ester film 41, the mixed layer 43 can be efficiently formed on the hard coat layer 42 side of the cellulose ester film 41.
 このように、混合層43の形成を助長する可塑剤が、セルロースエステルフィルム41中に所定量含有されており、しかも、ハードコート層42側に多く含有されているので、ハードコート層42の必要最小限の硬さを確保しつつ、形成される混合層43の厚みを増大させて、混合層43に衝撃吸収機能を持たせることができるとともに、ハードコートフィルム40全体にしなやかさを与えることができる。これにより、ハードコートフィルム40の膜厚が、15μm以上35μm以下と薄い場合でも、最表面のハードコート層42にて傷つき防止のための最低限の硬さを確保しつつ、ハードコートフィルム40の衝撃による割れ(クラック)を低減することができる。 As described above, the plasticizer that promotes the formation of the mixed layer 43 is contained in a predetermined amount in the cellulose ester film 41, and is contained in a large amount on the hard coat layer 42 side. While ensuring the minimum hardness, the thickness of the mixed layer 43 to be formed can be increased so that the mixed layer 43 can have an impact absorbing function, and the entire hard coat film 40 can be given flexibility. it can. Thereby, even when the film thickness of the hard coat film 40 is as thin as 15 μm or more and 35 μm or less, the hard coat film 40 has a minimum hardness for preventing scratches in the outermost hard coat layer 42. Cracks due to impact (cracks) can be reduced.
 したがって、図1で示したように、ハードコートフィルム40を表示装置30の基板表面に貼合し、さらにそのハードコート層42側にタッチパネル部材20を接合する場合でも、タッチパネル部材20の接合までは、表示装置30の基板表面をハードコート層42によって傷つきから保護しつつ、タッチパネル部材20の接合後は、タッチパネル部材20での入力の際の衝撃によって、ハードコートフィルム40にクラックが生じるのを低減することができる。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 1, even when the hard coat film 40 is bonded to the substrate surface of the display device 30 and the touch panel member 20 is further bonded to the hard coat layer 42 side, until the touch panel member 20 is bonded. In addition, while protecting the substrate surface of the display device 30 from being damaged by the hard coat layer 42, after the touch panel member 20 is joined, the hard coat film 40 is less likely to be cracked due to an impact at the time of input on the touch panel member 20. can do.
 また、前述したように、ハードコート層形成用組成物には、ケトン系または酢酸エステルの溶媒が含まれており、セルロースエステルフィルム41上に上記組成物を塗布したときに、上記溶媒がセルロースエステルフィルム41に浸潤し、相溶する。これにより、ハードコート層42とセルロースエステルフィルム41との間に混合層43を確実に形成して、そのような混合層43を有するハードコートフィルム40を確実に実現することができる。 Further, as described above, the hard coat layer forming composition contains a ketone or acetate solvent, and when the composition is applied onto the cellulose ester film 41, the solvent is a cellulose ester. Infiltrate the film 41 and dissolve. Thereby, the mixed layer 43 can be reliably formed between the hard coat layer 42 and the cellulose ester film 41, and the hard coat film 40 having such a mixed layer 43 can be reliably realized.
 また、セルロースエステルフィルム41に含まれるリン酸系の可塑剤は、セルロースエステルフィルム41の溶液流延法での製膜の際に、厚さ方向の一方側(例えば流延時の支持体側)に偏在する特性を有する。このため、混合層43の形成を助長する可塑剤が、上記のリン酸系の可塑剤であれば、セルロースエステルフィルム41に対して、流延時の支持体側にハードコート層42を形成することにより、セルロースエステルフィルム41とハードコート層42との間に、所定の厚みの混合層を効率よく形成することができる。 Further, the phosphoric acid plasticizer contained in the cellulose ester film 41 is unevenly distributed on one side in the thickness direction (for example, the support side at the time of casting) when the cellulose ester film 41 is formed by the solution casting method. It has the characteristic to do. For this reason, if the plasticizer that promotes the formation of the mixed layer 43 is the above-described phosphoric acid plasticizer, the hard coat layer 42 is formed on the support side during casting with respect to the cellulose ester film 41. In addition, a mixed layer having a predetermined thickness can be efficiently formed between the cellulose ester film 41 and the hard coat layer 42.
 また、セルロースエステルフィルム41におけるハードコート層42の形成側とは反対側の表面から5μmの深さまでの膜厚部分における上記可塑剤(混合層43の形成を助長する可塑剤)の含有率は、セルロースエステルフィルム41全体における上記可塑剤の平均含有率に対して、10%以上50%以下であることが望ましい。 Moreover, the content rate of the said plasticizer (plasticizer which promotes formation of the mixed layer 43) in the film thickness part to the depth of 5 micrometers from the surface on the opposite side to the formation side of the hard-coat layer 42 in the cellulose-ester film 41 is as follows. The average content of the plasticizer in the entire cellulose ester film 41 is preferably 10% or more and 50% or less.
 この条件を満足する場合、混合層43の形成を助長する可塑剤が、セルロースエステルフィルム41中でハードコート層42の形成側に偏在していることになる。したがって、ハードコート層形成用組成物の塗布時に、上記可塑剤によって混合層43の形成を確実に助長することができる。 When this condition is satisfied, the plasticizer that promotes the formation of the mixed layer 43 is unevenly distributed in the cellulose ester film 41 on the side where the hard coat layer 42 is formed. Therefore, the formation of the mixed layer 43 can be surely promoted by the plasticizer when the hard coat layer forming composition is applied.
 上記した混合層43の厚さは、ハードコートフィルム40の厚さに対する割合で、0.5%以上20%以下であることが望ましい。混合層43の厚さの割合が下限を下回ると、混合層43での衝撃吸収機能を十分に発揮できないため、ハードコートフィルム40の衝撃による割れを低減することが困難となる。逆に、混合層43の厚さの割合が上限を上回ると、ハードコート層42が薄くなって、傷つき防止のための硬さを確保することが困難となる。したがって、混合層43の厚さの割合を上記範囲内とすることにより、ハードコート層42に傷つき防止のための硬さを確保しながら、ハードコートフィルム40の衝撃による割れを低減することが容易となる。 The thickness of the mixed layer 43 described above is preferably 0.5% or more and 20% or less in terms of the ratio to the thickness of the hard coat film 40. If the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer 43 is less than the lower limit, the impact absorbing function in the mixed layer 43 cannot be sufficiently exhibited, and it becomes difficult to reduce cracks due to the impact of the hard coat film 40. On the other hand, when the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer 43 exceeds the upper limit, the hard coat layer 42 becomes thin, and it becomes difficult to ensure the hardness for preventing damage. Therefore, by making the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer 43 within the above range, it is easy to reduce cracks due to impact of the hard coat film 40 while ensuring the hardness for preventing the hard coat layer 42 from being damaged. It becomes.
 ところで、上記した可塑剤、つまり、混合層43の形成を助長する可塑剤を、第1の可塑剤とすると、セルロースエステルフィルム41中には、第1の可塑剤に加えて、混合層43の形成を助長する第2の可塑剤が含有されていてもよい。ただし、第2の可塑剤は、以下の条件を満足する可塑剤である。すなわち、セルロースエステルフィルム41におけるハードコート層42の形成側とは反対側の表面から5μmの深さまでの膜厚部分における第2の可塑剤の含有率が、セルロースエステルフィルム41全体における第2の可塑剤の平均含有率に対して、80%以上120%以下である。このような第2の可塑剤としては、例えば前述したエチルフタリルエチルグリコレート(EPEG)を考えることができる。 By the way, when the above-mentioned plasticizer, that is, the plasticizer that promotes the formation of the mixed layer 43 is the first plasticizer, the cellulose ester film 41 includes the mixed plastic layer 43 in addition to the first plasticizer. A second plasticizer that promotes formation may be included. However, the second plasticizer is a plasticizer that satisfies the following conditions. That is, the content of the second plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface on the opposite side to the formation side of the hard coat layer 42 in the cellulose ester film 41 to the depth of 5 μm is the second plasticity in the entire cellulose ester film 41. It is 80% or more and 120% or less with respect to the average content rate of an agent. As such a 2nd plasticizer, the ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate (EPEG) mentioned above can be considered, for example.
 セルロースエステルフィルム41では、第1の可塑剤がハードコート層42の形成側に偏在しているため、セルロースエステルフィルム41におけるハードコート層42の形成側とは反対側では、柔軟性が低下しやすい。しかし、セルロースエステルフィルム41におけるハードコート層42の形成側とは反対側での第2の可塑剤の含有率が、セルロースエステルフィルム41全体に対する平均含有率(100%)と同じか、これに近いので、ハードコート層42の形成側とは反対側で低下しやすい柔軟性を、第2の可塑剤によって補うことができる。これにより、セルロースエステルフィルム41全体、ひいてはハードコートフィルム40全体にしなやかさを確実に与えることができる。 In the cellulose ester film 41, since the first plasticizer is unevenly distributed on the hard coat layer 42 forming side, the flexibility tends to decrease on the side opposite to the hard coat layer 42 forming side in the cellulose ester film 41. . However, the content of the second plasticizer on the side opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer 42 is formed in the cellulose ester film 41 is the same as or close to the average content (100%) with respect to the entire cellulose ester film 41. Therefore, the second plasticizer can supplement the flexibility that tends to decrease on the side opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer 42 is formed. Thereby, suppleness can be reliably given to the whole cellulose-ester film 41 and by extension, the hard coat film 40 whole.
 なお、以上では、本実施形態のハードコートフィルム40を、表示装置30の画像表示面に貼合した例について説明したが、ハードコートフィルム40を貼合する位置は、他の位置であってもよい。例えば、タッチパネル部材20の最表面(入力操作側の面)のハードコートフィルム26の代わりにハードコートフィルム40を貼合してもよいし、タッチパネル部材20の光透過性基材22における表示装置30側の面または光透過性基材21側の面に、ハードコートフィルム40を貼合してもよい。 In addition, although the example which bonded the hard coat film 40 of this embodiment on the image display surface of the display apparatus 30 was demonstrated above, the position which bonds the hard coat film 40 may be another position. Good. For example, instead of the hard coat film 26 on the outermost surface (input operation side surface) of the touch panel member 20, a hard coat film 40 may be bonded, or the display device 30 in the light transmissive substrate 22 of the touch panel member 20. The hard coat film 40 may be bonded to the surface on the side or the surface on the light transmissive substrate 21 side.
 <実施例>
 以下、本実施形態の実施例について説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」あるいは「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り、「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表すものとする。また、実施例との比較のため、比較例についても併せて示す。
<Example>
Hereinafter, examples of the present embodiment will be described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless there is particular notice, it shall represent "mass part" or "mass%". Moreover, a comparative example is also shown for comparison with the examples.
 (実施例1~20、比較例1~18)
 (セルロースエステルフィルム1の作製)
 下記の材料を、順次密閉容器中に投入し、容器内温度を20℃から80℃まで昇温した後、温度を80℃に保ったままで3時間攪拌を行って、セルロースエステルを完全に溶解した。酸化ケイ素微粒子は予め添加する溶媒と少量のセルロースエステルの溶液中に分散して添加した。このドープを濾紙(安積濾紙(株)製、安積濾紙No.244)を使用して濾過し、ドープ組成物1を得た。
 セルローストリアセテート(アセチル基置換度2.95) 100質量部
 トリフェニルホスフェート               8.7質量部
(セルロースエステルフィルム中の含有量は8.0質量%になる)
 酸化ケイ素微粒子(アエロジルR972V、日本アエロジル(株)製)
                            0.2質量部
 メチレンクロライド                  320質量部
 メタノール                       20質量部
 ブタノール                        5質量部
(Examples 1 to 20, Comparative Examples 1 to 18)
(Preparation of cellulose ester film 1)
The following materials were sequentially put into a sealed container, the temperature in the container was raised from 20 ° C. to 80 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours while maintaining the temperature at 80 ° C. to completely dissolve the cellulose ester. . The silicon oxide fine particles were added dispersed in a solution of a solvent to be added in advance and a small amount of cellulose ester. This dope was filtered using filter paper (Azumi filter paper No. 244, manufactured by Azumi Filter Paper Co., Ltd.) to obtain a dope composition 1.
Cellulose triacetate (acetyl group substitution degree 2.95) 100 parts by weight Triphenyl phosphate 8.7 parts by weight (content in cellulose ester film is 8.0% by weight)
Silicon oxide fine particles (Aerosil R972V, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.)
0.2 parts by mass Methylene chloride 320 parts by mass Methanol 20 parts by mass Butanol 5 parts by mass
 次に、得られたドープ組成物1を、温度35℃に保温した流延ダイを通じてステンレス鋼製エンドレスベルトよりなる温度35℃の支持体上に流延して、ウェブを形成した。ついで、ウェブを支持体上で乾燥させ、ウェブの残留溶媒量が30質量%になった段階で、剥離ロールによりウェブを支持体から剥離した。ベルトの移動速度は40m/分とした。 Next, the obtained dope composition 1 was cast on a support having a temperature of 35 ° C. made of a stainless steel endless belt through a casting die kept at a temperature of 35 ° C. to form a web. Next, the web was dried on the support, and the web was peeled from the support with a peeling roll when the residual solvent amount of the web reached 30% by mass. The moving speed of the belt was 40 m / min.
 剥離後のウェブを、上下に複数配置したロールによる搬送乾燥工程で90℃の乾燥風にて乾燥させながら搬送し、続いてテンターでウェブ両端部を把持した後、温度130℃で幅方向に延伸前の1.1倍となるように延伸した。テンターでの延伸の後、ウェブを上下に複数配置したロールによる搬送乾燥工程で、温度135℃の乾燥風にて乾燥させた。 The web after peeling is transported while being dried with 90 ° C drying air in a transport drying process using a plurality of rolls arranged on the top and bottom, and then grips both ends of the web with a tenter and then stretches in the width direction at a temperature of 130 ° C. The film was stretched to 1.1 times the previous size. After stretching with a tenter, the web was dried with a drying air at a temperature of 135 ° C. in a transport drying process using a plurality of rolls arranged vertically.
 乾燥工程の雰囲気置換率15(回/時間)とした雰囲気内でウェブを15分間熱処理した後、室温まで冷却して巻き取り、幅1.5m、膜厚20μm、長さ4000m、屈折率1.49の長尺のセルロースエステルフィルム1(透明フィルム基材1)を作製した。またフィルムは、両端部に幅1cm、平均高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施して巻き取った。 After heat-treating the web for 15 minutes in an atmosphere with an atmosphere substitution rate of 15 (times / hour) in the drying step, the web was cooled to room temperature and wound up, and the width was 1.5 m, the film thickness was 20 μm, the length was 4000 m, and the refractive index was 1. Forty-nine long cellulose ester films 1 (transparent film substrate 1) were produced. Further, the film was wound by applying a knurling process with a width of 1 cm and an average height of 5 μm at both ends.
 ステンレスバンド支持体の回転速度とテンターの運転速度から算出される剥離直後のウェブ搬送方向の延伸倍率は、1.1倍であった。 The draw ratio in the web conveyance direction immediately after peeling calculated from the rotational speed of the stainless steel band support and the operating speed of the tenter was 1.1 times.
 得られたセルロースエステルフィルムのフィルム断面および両表面の可塑剤量の定量をTOF-SIMS(Time of Flight - Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry)により行った。それにより、フィルム両表面における、表面から5μm深さまでの部分における可塑剤の含有率が、セルロースエステルフィルム全膜厚における可塑剤の平均含有率に対して、それぞれの面で40%(この測定面をA1表面とする)、160%(この測定面をB1表面とする)であることがわかった。なお、TOF-SIMSの測定は、例えばPhi Evans社製TRIFTII型TOF-SIMS(商品名)を用いて、フィルム表面および断面に存在する可塑剤に起因するフラグメントを検出することで行った。 The film cross section of the obtained cellulose ester film and the amount of plasticizer on both surfaces were quantified by TOF-SIMS (Time of Flight- Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry). Thereby, the content of the plasticizer in the part from the surface to the depth of 5 μm on both surfaces of the film was 40% on each surface with respect to the average content of the plasticizer in the total film thickness of the cellulose ester film (this measurement surface (A1 surface)) and 160% (this measurement surface is the B1 surface). The TOF-SIMS measurement was performed by detecting fragments caused by the plasticizer present on the film surface and cross section using, for example, TRIFT II type TOF-SIMS (trade name) manufactured by Phi Evans.
 (ハードコートフィルム1の作製)
 上記作製した透明フィルム基材1(セルロースエステルフィルム1)上に、塗布組成物として下記のハードコート層形成用組成物1を孔径0.4μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターで濾過したものを、マイクログラビアコーターを用いてセルロースエステルフィルム1の上記A1表面に塗布し、恒率乾燥区間温度50℃、減率乾燥区間温度70℃で乾燥の後、酸素濃度が1.0体積%以下の雰囲気になるように窒素パージしながら、紫外線ランプを用い照射部の照度が100mW/cmで、照射量を0.2J/cmとして塗布層を硬化させてハードコート層を形成し、膜厚25μmのハードコートフィルムを作製した。
 [ハードコート層形成用組成物1]
 ペンタエリスリトールトリ/テトラアクリレート      73質量部
 (NKエステルA-TMM-3、新中村化学工業(株)製)
 イルガキュア184(チバ・ジャパン(株)製)       5質量部
 シリコーン系界面活性剤                  1質量部
 (信越化学工業(株)製 商品名:KF-351A)
 アセトン                        70質量部
 酢酸メチル                       70質量部
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル         10質量部
(Preparation of hard coat film 1)
A microgravure coater obtained by filtering the following hard coat layer forming composition 1 as a coating composition on the produced transparent film substrate 1 (cellulose ester film 1) with a polypropylene filter having a pore diameter of 0.4 μm is used. And then applied to the A1 surface of the cellulose ester film 1 and dried at a constant rate drying zone temperature of 50 ° C. and a reduced rate drying zone temperature of 70 ° C., and then nitrogen so that the atmosphere has an oxygen concentration of 1.0% by volume or less. While purging, an ultraviolet lamp was used, the illumination intensity of the irradiated part was 100 mW / cm 2 , the irradiation amount was 0.2 J / cm 2 , the coating layer was cured to form a hard coat layer, and a 25 μm thick hard coat film was formed. Produced.
[Composition 1 for forming hard coat layer]
73 parts by mass of pentaerythritol tri / tetraacrylate (NK ester A-TMM-3, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Irgacure 184 (Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 5 parts by mass Silicone surfactant 1 part by mass (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KF-351A)
Acetone 70 parts by weight Methyl acetate 70 parts by weight Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 10 parts by weight
 (ハードコートフィルム2~24の作製)
 ドープ組成物1中の可塑剤(トリフェニルホスフェート)およびその添加量を表1および表2のように変更した以外は、ハードコートフィルム1の作製と同様である。
(Preparation of hard coat films 2 to 24)
Except having changed the plasticizer (triphenyl phosphate) and its addition amount in the dope composition 1 as shown in Table 1 and Table 2, it is the same as preparation of the hard coat film 1. FIG.
 (ハードコートフィルム25~30の作製)
 セルロースエステルフィルム1およびハードコートフィルムの膜厚をそれぞれ表2のように変更した以外は、ハードコートフィルム1の作製と同様である。
(Preparation of hard coat films 25-30)
Except for changing the film thicknesses of the cellulose ester film 1 and the hard coat film as shown in Table 2, it is the same as the production of the hard coat film 1.
 (ハードコートフィルム31の作製)
 ハードコート層形成用組成物1の塗布面を、セルロースエステルフィルム1の裏面側のB1表面とした以外は、ハードコートフィルム1の作製と同様である。
(Preparation of hard coat film 31)
The coated surface of the hard coat layer forming composition 1 is the same as the production of the hard coat film 1 except that the B1 surface on the back surface side of the cellulose ester film 1 is used.
 (ハードコートフィルム32の作製)
 ハードコート層形成用組成物1の塗布面を、セルロースエステルフィルム1の裏面側のB1表面とした以外は、ハードコートフィルム2の作製と同様である。
(Preparation of hard coat film 32)
Except that the coated surface of the hard coat layer forming composition 1 is the B1 surface on the back side of the cellulose ester film 1, it is the same as the production of the hard coat film 2.
 (ハードコートフィルム33~35の作製)
 ハードコート層形成用組成物1の溶剤(塗布液溶媒)を表2のように変更した以外は、ハードコートフィルム1の作製と同様である。
(Preparation of hard coat films 33-35)
Except for changing the solvent (coating solution solvent) of the hard coat layer forming composition 1 as shown in Table 2, it is the same as the production of the hard coat film 1.
 (ハードコートフィルム36~38の作製)
 可塑剤の分布を表2のように変更した以外は、ハードコートフィルム1の作製と同様である。なお、可塑剤の分布とは、ここでは、セルロースエステルフィルムにおけるハードコート層の形成側とは反対側の表面から5μmの深さまでの膜厚部分における可塑剤の含有率を、セルロースエステルフィルム全体での平均含有率に対する割合で示したものである。可塑剤の分布は、セルロースエステルフィルム1の製造において、流延時のベルト(支持体)の移動速度を変更することによって変更することができる。
(Preparation of hard coat films 36-38)
Except for changing the distribution of the plasticizer as shown in Table 2, it is the same as the production of the hard coat film 1. Here, the distribution of the plasticizer means the content of the plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the hard coat layer forming side in the cellulose ester film to the depth of 5 μm in the entire cellulose ester film. It is shown by the ratio with respect to the average content rate. The distribution of the plasticizer can be changed by changing the moving speed of the belt (support) during casting in the production of the cellulose ester film 1.
 (タッチパネル表示装置1~38の作製)
 上記のようにして作製されたハードコートフィルム1~38のそれぞれを、図1で示した表示装置30としての液晶表示装置の画像表示面側の基板上に貼合し、さらにその上にタッチパネル部材20を接合してタッチパネル表示装置1~38を作製した。
(Production of touch panel display devices 1 to 38)
Each of the hard coat films 1 to 38 produced as described above is bonded onto the substrate on the image display surface side of the liquid crystal display device as the display device 30 shown in FIG. 20 were joined to produce touch panel display devices 1 to 38.
 (擦傷性試験による評価)
 擦傷性試験として、ハードコートフィルム1~38の表面をスチールウール#0000上に500g/cmの荷重をかけて押し当てながら10往復させ、それによって発生した傷の本数を目視にて調べた。このような擦傷性試験による評価の基準は、以下の通りである。
 ◎:傷の発生が認められない。
 ○:1~3本程度の細かい傷が認められる。
 ×:4~20本程度の細かい傷が認められる。
(Evaluation by scratch test)
As an abrasion test, the surface of the hard coat film 1 to 38 was reciprocated 10 times while applying a load of 500 g / cm 2 on steel wool # 0000, and the number of scratches generated thereby was visually examined. The standard of evaluation by such an abrasion test is as follows.
A: No scratches are observed.
○: 1 to 3 fine scratches are observed.
X: About 4 to 20 fine scratches are observed.
 (衝撃試験による評価)
 タッチパネル表示装置1~38のそれぞれについての衝撃試験として、鋼球静圧試験を行った。つまり、幅2mmの平滑な鉄板を用いてタッチパネル表示装置の4辺を支持し、直径16mmの鋼球をタッチパネル表示装置に対して垂直方向から毎分10mmの等速で、荷重40kgfで10回押圧し、そのときのハードコートフィルムの割れ(クラック)の発生を調べた。衝撃試験による評価の基準は、以下の通りである。
 ◎:10回の押圧で1回も割れなかった。
 ○:10回の押圧で1~2回割れた。
 ×:10回の押圧で3回以上割れた。
(Evaluation by impact test)
As an impact test for each of the touch panel display devices 1 to 38, a steel ball static pressure test was performed. In other words, a flat steel plate with a width of 2 mm is used to support the four sides of the touch panel display device, and a steel ball with a diameter of 16 mm is pressed 10 times with a load of 40 kgf at a constant speed of 10 mm per minute from the vertical direction against the touch panel display device. The occurrence of cracks in the hard coat film at that time was examined. The criteria for evaluation by the impact test are as follows.
(Double-circle): It was not cracked by 10 times of presses.
○: Cracked once or twice after 10 times of pressing.
X: It cracked 3 times or more by the press of 10 times.
 表1および表2は、上記のようにして作製されたハードコートフィルム1~38の各種パラメータおよび擦傷性試験による評価の結果と、タッチパネル表示装置1~38の衝撃試験による評価の結果とを示している。なお、ハードコートフィルム1~38およびタッチパネル表示装置1~38と、実施例1~20および比較例1~18との対応関係は、表1および表2に示す通りである。なお、表1および表2では、可塑剤の含有量を重量%(wt%)で示す。 Tables 1 and 2 show the various parameters of the hard coat films 1 to 38 produced as described above and the results of the evaluation by the scratch test, and the results of the evaluation by the impact test of the touch panel display devices 1 to 38. ing. The correspondence relationships between the hard coat films 1 to 38 and the touch panel display devices 1 to 38 and Examples 1 to 20 and Comparative Examples 1 to 18 are as shown in Tables 1 and 2. In Tables 1 and 2, the plasticizer content is indicated by weight% (wt%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023


 なお、表1および表2において、ACはアセトン、MAは酢酸メチル、PGMEはプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、MEKはメチルエチルケトン、IPAはイソプロピルアルコール、TOLはトルエン、TPPはトリフェニルホスフェート、BDPはビフェニルジフェニルホスフェート、DEPはジエチルフタレート、EPEGはエチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、PEは可塑剤(アジピン酸:フタル酸=70:30)と1,2-エタンジオールとをエステル化反応させて得られるエステル化合物(末端基はアセチル基)、モノペットSBはショ糖安息香酸エステル(第一工業製薬社製)をそれぞれ示す。 In Tables 1 and 2, AC is acetone, MA is methyl acetate, PGME is propylene glycol monomethyl ether, MEK is methyl ethyl ketone, IPA is isopropyl alcohol, TOL is toluene, TPP is triphenyl phosphate, BDP is biphenyl diphenyl phosphate, DEP is diethyl phthalate, EPEG is ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, PE is an ester compound (end group) obtained by esterifying a plasticizer (adipic acid: phthalic acid = 70: 30) and 1,2-ethanediol. Is acetyl group), and monopet SB is sucrose benzoate (Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.).
 ハードコートフィルム1~24において、セルロースエステルフィルム中に第1の可塑剤(可塑剤1)としてTPPまたはBDPを含有する場合、セルロースエステルフィルムにおけるハードコート層の形成側とは反対側の表面から5μmの深さまでの膜厚部分における第1の可塑剤の含有率が、セルロースエステルフィルム全体における第1の可塑剤の平均含有率に対して、10%以上50%以下となっており、第1の可塑剤がハードコート層側に偏在していることがわかる。 In the hard coat films 1 to 24, when TPP or BDP is contained as the first plasticizer (plasticizer 1) in the cellulose ester film, 5 μm from the surface opposite to the hard coat layer forming side in the cellulose ester film. The content rate of the first plasticizer in the film thickness portion up to the depth of 10% or more and 50% or less with respect to the average content rate of the first plasticizer in the whole cellulose ester film, It can be seen that the plasticizer is unevenly distributed on the hard coat layer side.
 また、セルロースエステルフィルム中の第1の可塑剤の含有量が5重量%では、タッチパネル表示装置を構成したときの衝撃試験の評価が×であるが、第1の可塑剤の含有量が7重量%では、衝撃試験の評価が◎となっている(ハードコートフィルム5、6、11、12参照)。このことから、第1の可塑剤の含有量が5重量%と7重量%との間の6重量%であれば、衝撃試験の評価が×と◎との間の○となることが推測される。また、第1の可塑剤の含有量が13重量%では、擦傷性試験の評価が×であり、第1の可塑剤の含有量が11重量%では、擦傷性試験の評価が○であるが、どちらの含有量でも、衝撃試験の評価が◎となっている(ハードコートフィルム3、4、9、10参照)。このことから、第1の可塑剤の含有量が11重量%と13重量%との間の12重量%であれば、擦傷性および衝撃吸収性の両者において良好な結果が得られるものと推測できる。 In addition, when the content of the first plasticizer in the cellulose ester film is 5% by weight, the evaluation of the impact test when the touch panel display device is configured is x, but the content of the first plasticizer is 7% by weight. %, The impact test is evaluated as ◎ (see hard coat films 5, 6, 11, 12). From this, if the content of the first plasticizer is 6% by weight between 5% by weight and 7% by weight, it is estimated that the evaluation of the impact test is ○ between x and ◎. The In addition, when the content of the first plasticizer is 13% by weight, the evaluation of the scratch test is x. When the content of the first plasticizer is 11% by weight, the evaluation of the scratch test is ○. In both contents, the impact test is evaluated as ◎ (see hard coat films 3, 4, 9, and 10). From this, it can be inferred that if the content of the first plasticizer is 12% by weight between 11% by weight and 13% by weight, good results can be obtained in both scratch resistance and impact absorption. .
 また、ハードコートフィルム31~32のように、ハードコート層形成用組成物を、セルロースエステルフィルムに対して第1の可塑剤が偏在する側とは反対側に塗布してフィルムを作製した場合は、衝撃試験の評価が×となっている。これは、セルロースエステルフィルムに対して混合層が第1の可塑剤が偏在する側とは反対側に形成されるため、混合層の形成が第1の可塑剤によって助長されず、混合層を十分な厚さで形成することができなかったためと考えられる。 Further, when a film is produced by applying the composition for forming a hard coat layer on the opposite side of the cellulose ester film from the side on which the first plasticizer is unevenly distributed, such as the hard coat films 31 to 32. The evaluation of the impact test is x. This is because the mixed layer is formed on the side opposite to the side where the first plasticizer is unevenly distributed with respect to the cellulose ester film, so the formation of the mixed layer is not facilitated by the first plasticizer, This is probably because the film could not be formed with a sufficient thickness.
 以上のことから、第1の可塑剤が、セルロースエステルフィルム中に6重量%以上12重量%以下含有され、かつ、セルロースエステルフィルムにおけるハードコート層とは反対側よりも、ハードコート層側に多く含有されていることにより、ハードコートフィルムの膜厚が25μmと薄い場合でも、ハードコート層にて傷つき防止のための最低限の硬さを確保しつつ、ハードコートフィルムの衝撃による割れを低減できると言える。 From the above, the first plasticizer is contained in the cellulose ester film in an amount of 6 wt% to 12 wt%, and more on the hard coat layer side than the opposite side of the hard coat layer in the cellulose ester film. By containing, even when the thickness of the hard coat film is as thin as 25 μm, it is possible to reduce the cracks caused by the impact of the hard coat film while ensuring the minimum hardness for preventing scratches in the hard coat layer. It can be said.
 また、ハードコートフィルム25~30を参照すると、ハードコートフィルム全体の膜厚が14μmでは衝撃試験の評価が×であり、膜厚が16μmでは衝撃試験の評価が◎であることから、膜厚が14μmと16μmとの間の15μmであれば、衝撃試験の評価が×と◎との間の○となることが推測される。したがって、ハードコートフィルム全体の膜厚が15μm以上30μm以下の薄型のハードコートフィルムであれば、上述した効果が得られると言える。 Further, referring to the hard coat films 25 to 30, the impact test is evaluated as x when the film thickness of the entire hard coat film is 14 μm, and the impact test is evaluated as ◎ when the film thickness is 16 μm. If it is 15 μm between 14 μm and 16 μm, it is estimated that the evaluation of the impact test is ○ between x and ◎. Therefore, it can be said that the above-described effects can be obtained if the thin hard coat film has a thickness of 15 μm or more and 30 μm or less.
 また、ハードコートフィルム34~35においては、ハードコート層形成用組成物の溶剤として、ケトン系および酢酸エステル以外の溶媒を使用して作製されており、タッチパネル表示装置34~35では、衝撃試験の評価が○となっている。これに対して、上記溶媒を使用して作製されたハードコートフィルム1を用いたタッチパネル表示装置1では、衝撃試験の評価が◎となっている。このことから、上記溶媒として、ケトン系および酢酸エステルの溶媒を使用してハードコートフィルムを作製するのが、割れを防止する観点からはより望ましいと言える。 The hard coat films 34 to 35 are prepared using a solvent other than ketones and acetates as the solvent of the hard coat layer forming composition. The touch panel display devices 34 to 35 perform impact tests. Evaluation is ○. On the other hand, in the touch panel display device 1 using the hard coat film 1 produced using the solvent, the impact test is evaluated as ◎. From this, it can be said that it is more desirable from the viewpoint of preventing cracking to produce a hard coat film using a ketone solvent and an acetate ester solvent as the solvent.
 また、ハードコートフィルム37~38においては、可塑剤の分布が50%を超えており、タッチパネル表示装置37~38では、衝撃試験の評価が○となっている。これに対して、可塑剤の分布が50%以下のハードコートフィルム1を用いたタッチパネル表示装置1では、衝撃試験の評価が◎となっている。このことから、ハードコートフィルムの割れを防止する観点からは、可塑剤の分布は50%以下とするのが望ましいと言える。 Further, in the hard coat films 37 to 38, the distribution of the plasticizer exceeds 50%, and in the touch panel display devices 37 to 38, the impact test is evaluated as “good”. On the other hand, in the touch panel display device 1 using the hard coat film 1 having a plasticizer distribution of 50% or less, the impact test is evaluated as “◎”. From this, it can be said that the distribution of the plasticizer is desirably 50% or less from the viewpoint of preventing cracking of the hard coat film.
 また、表1および表2より、ハードコートフィルムの混合層の厚さが、ハードコートフィルムの厚さに対する割合で20%を超えると、擦傷性試験による評価が×となる(ハードコートフィルム4、10、23参照)。このため、混合層の厚さの割合は20%以下であることが望ましいと言える。また、混合層の厚さの割合が0.4%では、衝撃試験の評価が×であるが(例えばハードコートフィルム6参照)、混合層の厚さの割合が0.6%では、衝撃試験の評価が○となっている(ハードコートフィルム35、38参照)。したがって、混合層の厚さの割合が0.4%と0.6%との間の0.5%であれば、衝撃試験の評価として○に近い評価を期待できる。よって、混合層の厚さの割合の下限については、0.5%以上であることが望ましく、0.6%以上であることがより望ましいと言える。 Moreover, from Table 1 and Table 2, when the thickness of the mixed layer of the hard coat film exceeds 20% in a ratio to the thickness of the hard coat film, the evaluation by the scratch test becomes x (hard coat film 4, 10, 23). For this reason, it can be said that the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer is desirably 20% or less. Moreover, when the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer is 0.4%, the evaluation of the impact test is x (see, for example, the hard coat film 6), but when the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer is 0.6%, the impact test is performed. Is evaluated as ◯ (see hard coat films 35 and 38). Therefore, if the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer is 0.5% between 0.4% and 0.6%, an evaluation close to ◯ can be expected as the evaluation of the impact test. Therefore, it can be said that the lower limit of the ratio of the thickness of the mixed layer is desirably 0.5% or more, and more desirably 0.6% or more.
 なお、混合層の厚さがハードコートフィルムの厚さに対する割合で0.4%以下では、第1の可塑剤は、混合層の形成を助長する可塑剤とは言い難いため、第1の可塑剤としてモノペットSBまたはPEを用いたハードコートフィルム13~20については、実施例ではなく、比較例の位置付けとしている。 When the thickness of the mixed layer is 0.4% or less as a ratio to the thickness of the hard coat film, the first plasticizer is difficult to say the plasticizer that promotes the formation of the mixed layer. The hard coat films 13 to 20 using monopet SB or PE as the agent are positioned as comparative examples, not examples.
 (ハードコートフィルム39~45の作製)
 次に、ハードコートフィルム1の作製で用いたドープ組成物1の材料に、第2の可塑剤としてエチルフタリルエチルグリコレート(EPEG)を5質量部添加し、さらにセルロースエステルフィルムの製造において、ベルトの移動速度を変更することによって第2の可塑剤の分布を変えてハードコートフィルム39~45を作製した。それ以外については、ハードコートフィルム1の作製と同様である。
(Preparation of hard coat films 39 to 45)
Next, 5 parts by mass of ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate (EPEG) is added as a second plasticizer to the material of the dope composition 1 used in the production of the hard coat film 1, and in the production of a cellulose ester film, Hard coat films 39 to 45 were produced by changing the distribution of the second plasticizer by changing the moving speed of the belt. About other than that, it is the same as that of preparation of the hard coat film 1. FIG.
 ハードコートフィルム39~45について上記と同様の擦傷性試験を行ったときの評価の結果を表3に示す。 Table 3 shows the results of evaluation when hard coat films 39 to 45 were subjected to the same scratch test as described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024


 表3より、第2の可塑剤の分布、すなわち、セルロースエステルフィルムにおけるハードコート層の形成側とは反対側の表面から5μmの深さまでの膜厚部分における第2の可塑剤の含有率が、セルロースエステルフィルム全体での平均含有率に対する割合で78%以上122%以下であれば、擦傷性試験において良好な結果(最低でも○)が得られていることがわかる。また、第2の可塑剤の分布が、82%以上118%以下であれば、擦傷性試験においてさらに良好な結果(◎)が得られていることがわかる(ハードコートフィルム40~44)。このことから、第2の可塑剤の分布が、78%と82%との間の80%以上であり、118%と122%との間の120%以下であれば、擦傷性試験において◎に近い結果が得られることが期待できる。なお、上記のハードコートフィルム39~45を用いてタッチパネル表示装置39~45を作製し、衝撃試験を行ったところ、やはり良好の結果(◎)が得られることがわかった。 From Table 3, the distribution of the second plasticizer, that is, the content of the second plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the hard coat layer forming side in the cellulose ester film to a depth of 5 μm, It can be seen that if the ratio relative to the average content in the whole cellulose ester film is 78% or more and 122% or less, good results (at least ○) are obtained in the scratch test. Further, it can be seen that if the distribution of the second plasticizer is 82% or more and 118% or less, a better result ()) is obtained in the scratch test (hard coat films 40 to 44). From this, if the distribution of the second plasticizer is 80% or more between 78% and 82% and 120% or less between 118% and 122%, it is marked as に お い て in the scratch test. We can expect to get close results. When the touch panel display devices 39 to 45 were produced using the hard coat films 39 to 45 and subjected to the impact test, it was found that good results (() were also obtained.
 本発明は、例えばタッチパネル部材が接合される表示装置の画像表示面に貼合されるハードコートフィルムに利用可能である。 The present invention can be used for a hard coat film bonded to an image display surface of a display device to which a touch panel member is bonded, for example.
  10   タッチパネル表示装置
  20   タッチパネル部材
  30   表示装置
  40   ハードコートフィルム
  41   セルロースエステルフィルム
  42   ハードコート層
  43   混合層
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Touch panel display device 20 Touch panel member 30 Display device 40 Hard coat film 41 Cellulose ester film 42 Hard coat layer 43 Mixed layer

Claims (7)

  1.  セルロースエステルフィルム上に、ハードコート層形成用組成物を塗布し、該組成物を硬化させることによってハードコート層が形成されたハードコートフィルムであって、
     該ハードコートフィルムの膜厚が、15μm以上35μm以下であり、
     前記セルロースエステルフィルムと前記ハードコート層との混合層の形成を助長する可塑剤が、前記セルロースエステルフィルム中に6重量%以上12重量%以下含有されているとともに、前記セルロースエステルフィルムにおける前記ハードコート層とは反対側よりも、前記ハードコート層側に多く含有されていることを特徴とするハードコートフィルム。
    A hard coat film in which a hard coat layer is formed by applying a composition for forming a hard coat layer on a cellulose ester film and curing the composition,
    The film thickness of the hard coat film is 15 μm or more and 35 μm or less,
    The plasticizer for promoting the formation of the mixed layer of the cellulose ester film and the hard coat layer is contained in the cellulose ester film in an amount of 6 wt% to 12 wt%, and the hard coat in the cellulose ester film The hard coat film is more contained on the hard coat layer side than on the side opposite to the layer.
  2.  前記ハードコート層形成用組成物に、ケトン系または酢酸エステルの溶媒が含まれていることを特徴とする請求項1に記載のハードコートフィルム。 The hard coat film according to claim 1, wherein the hard coat layer forming composition contains a ketone or acetate solvent.
  3.  前記可塑剤が、リン酸系の可塑剤であることを特徴とする請求項1または2に記載のハードコートフィルム。 3. The hard coat film according to claim 1, wherein the plasticizer is a phosphoric acid plasticizer.
  4.  前記セルロースエステルフィルムにおける前記ハードコート層の形成側とは反対側の表面から5μmの深さまでの膜厚部分における前記可塑剤の含有率が、前記セルロースエステルフィルム全体における前記可塑剤の平均含有率に対して、10%以上50%以下であることを特徴とする請求項1から3のいずれかに記載のハードコートフィルム。  In the cellulose ester film, the content of the plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer is formed to a depth of 5 μm is the average content of the plasticizer in the entire cellulose ester film. On the other hand, it is 10% or more and 50% or less, The hard coat film in any one of Claim 1 to 3 characterized by the above-mentioned. *
  5.  前記混合層の厚さは、該ハードコートフィルムの厚さに対する割合で、0.5%以上20%以下であることを特徴とする請求項1から4のいずれかに記載のハードコートフィルム。 The hard coat film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the thickness of the mixed layer is 0.5% or more and 20% or less in a ratio to the thickness of the hard coat film.
  6.  前記可塑剤を第1の可塑剤とすると、
     前記第1の可塑剤に加えて、前記セルロースエステルフィルムと前記ハードコート層との混合層の形成を助長する第2の可塑剤が前記セルロースエステルフィルム中に含有されており、
     前記セルロースエステルフィルムにおける前記ハードコート層の形成側とは反対側の表面から5μmの深さまでの膜厚部分における前記第2の可塑剤の含有率が、前記セルロースエステルフィルム全体における前記可塑剤の平均含有率に対して、80%以上120%以下であることを特徴とする請求項1から5のいずれかに記載のハードコートフィルム。
    When the plasticizer is the first plasticizer,
    In addition to the first plasticizer, a second plasticizer for promoting the formation of a mixed layer of the cellulose ester film and the hard coat layer is contained in the cellulose ester film,
    In the cellulose ester film, the content of the second plasticizer in the film thickness portion from the surface opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer is formed to a depth of 5 μm is the average of the plasticizer in the entire cellulose ester film. The hard coat film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the content is 80% or more and 120% or less with respect to the content.
  7.  画像を表示する表示装置と、
     前記表示装置の画像表示側の基板表面に貼合されるハードコートフィルムと、
     前記ハードコートフィルムを介して前記表示装置と接合されるタッチパネル部材とを有するタッチパネル表示装置であって、
     前記ハードコートフィルムは、請求項1から6のいずれかに記載のハードコートフィルムで構成されていることを特徴とするタッチパネル表示装置。
    A display device for displaying an image;
    A hard coat film bonded to the substrate surface on the image display side of the display device;
    A touch panel display device having a touch panel member joined to the display device via the hard coat film,
    The said hard coat film is comprised with the hard coat film in any one of Claim 1 to 6, The touchscreen display apparatus characterized by the above-mentioned.
PCT/JP2013/060983 2012-04-27 2013-04-11 Hard coating film and touch panel display device provided with same WO2013161582A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201380022035.9A CN104246541B (en) 2012-04-27 2013-04-11 Hard coat film and possess the touch panel display device of this hard coat film
JP2014512464A JP5943070B2 (en) 2012-04-27 2013-04-11 Hard coat film, method for producing hard coat film, and touch panel display device
KR1020147029931A KR101627958B1 (en) 2012-04-27 2013-04-11 Hard coating film and touch panel display device provided with same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012102641 2012-04-27
JP2012-102641 2012-04-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013161582A1 true WO2013161582A1 (en) 2013-10-31

Family

ID=49482910

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/060983 WO2013161582A1 (en) 2012-04-27 2013-04-11 Hard coating film and touch panel display device provided with same

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5943070B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101627958B1 (en)
CN (1) CN104246541B (en)
WO (1) WO2013161582A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016194575A (en) * 2015-03-31 2016-11-17 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Composition for hard coat layer, method for producing hard coat layer laminate, and hard coat layer laminate
CN107075148A (en) * 2014-09-17 2017-08-18 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Cellulose ester membrane and its manufacture method

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6245803B2 (en) * 2012-12-27 2017-12-13 日東電工株式会社 Polarizing plate, optical film and image display device
CN106707384B (en) * 2015-11-13 2019-05-24 宁波长阳科技股份有限公司 A kind of warpage preventing reflectance coating and preparation method thereof
CN109192879B (en) * 2018-08-31 2021-01-29 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Cover plate for flexible display, preparation method thereof and flexible display device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005352011A (en) * 2004-06-09 2005-12-22 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Polarizing plate, method for manufacturing polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2006182865A (en) * 2004-12-27 2006-07-13 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Hard-coated film, its manufacturing process, and polarizing plate and display device using it
JP2006297914A (en) * 2005-03-25 2006-11-02 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Polymer film
WO2007000856A1 (en) * 2005-06-28 2007-01-04 Nitto Denko Corporation Antiglare hardcoat film

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4479175B2 (en) * 2003-06-06 2010-06-09 コニカミノルタオプト株式会社 Hard coat film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate and display device
JP2005054100A (en) * 2003-08-06 2005-03-03 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Cellulose ester film, hard coat film and antireflection film
JP4639682B2 (en) * 2004-07-23 2011-02-23 コニカミノルタオプト株式会社 Polarizing plate for liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal display device
JP5109370B2 (en) 2006-12-28 2012-12-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Curable resin composition for hard coat layer and hard coat film
JP5286960B2 (en) * 2008-06-17 2013-09-11 日油株式会社 Transparent conductive film and touch panel provided with the same
JP2010097005A (en) * 2008-10-17 2010-04-30 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Antireflective film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate using the antireflective film, and display device
US9151875B2 (en) 2009-11-30 2015-10-06 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Optical film and touch panel
JP5501800B2 (en) * 2010-02-25 2014-05-28 株式会社ダイセル Transparent conductive film and touch panel
WO2011129354A1 (en) * 2010-04-15 2011-10-20 日東電工株式会社 Hard coat film, polarizing film, image display device, and hard coat film manufacturing method

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005352011A (en) * 2004-06-09 2005-12-22 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Polarizing plate, method for manufacturing polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2006182865A (en) * 2004-12-27 2006-07-13 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Hard-coated film, its manufacturing process, and polarizing plate and display device using it
JP2006297914A (en) * 2005-03-25 2006-11-02 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Polymer film
WO2007000856A1 (en) * 2005-06-28 2007-01-04 Nitto Denko Corporation Antiglare hardcoat film
CN101208620A (en) * 2005-06-28 2008-06-25 日东电工株式会社 Antiglare hardcoat film
JP2008158536A (en) * 2005-06-28 2008-07-10 Nitto Denko Corp Antiglare hard coat film
US20090086326A1 (en) * 2005-06-28 2009-04-02 Nitto Denko Corporation Antiglare hard-coated film

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107075148A (en) * 2014-09-17 2017-08-18 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Cellulose ester membrane and its manufacture method
JP2016194575A (en) * 2015-03-31 2016-11-17 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Composition for hard coat layer, method for producing hard coat layer laminate, and hard coat layer laminate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5943070B2 (en) 2016-06-29
CN104246541B (en) 2016-02-10
CN104246541A (en) 2014-12-24
KR101627958B1 (en) 2016-06-07
JPWO2013161582A1 (en) 2015-12-24
KR20140146140A (en) 2014-12-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6048419B2 (en) Method for producing hard coat film and method for producing polarizing plate
JP5895657B2 (en) Manufacturing method of optical film
JP5707856B2 (en) Method for producing antiglare film
JP5423382B2 (en) Method for producing hard coat film
JP5943070B2 (en) Hard coat film, method for producing hard coat film, and touch panel display device
WO2012026245A1 (en) Hard-coat film, polarizing plate, and liquid-crystal display device
JP2013083795A (en) Antiglare film, antiglare film manufacturing method, polarizer and image display unit
JP5971121B2 (en) Manufacturing method of optical film
JP5994746B2 (en) Liquid crystal display device with hard coat film, polarizing plate and touch panel
TWI599485B (en) Optical film, polarizer and image display device
JP5888410B2 (en) Method for producing hard coat film
JP6164050B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, manufacturing method thereof, and image display device
JP6048506B2 (en) Optical film
WO2015151795A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate, image display device and method for manufacturing image display device
JP2015025877A (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2012068562A (en) Image display apparatus
JP2013088438A (en) Optical film, production method of the same, and image display device
JP5707855B2 (en) Method for producing hard coat film
WO2016009743A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2016035404A1 (en) Optical film, polarizer, and image display device
WO2016038922A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP2017021181A (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
WO2016013261A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
JP2014061643A (en) Production method of optical film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201380022035.9

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13782057

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014512464

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20147029931

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13782057

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1